Attached files

file filename
EXCEL - IDEA: XBRL DOCUMENT - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/Financial_Report.xls
EX-21 - EX21 - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex21.htm
EX-14 - EX-14 - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex14.htm
EX-23 - EX-23 - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex23.htm
EX-31.B - EX-31.B - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex31b.htm
EX-10.9 - EX-10.9 - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex109.htm
EX-31.A - EX-31.A - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex31a.htm
EX-10.25 - EX-10.25 - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex1025.htm
EX-10.26 - EX-10.26 - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex1026.htm
10-K - 10-K - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985d10k.htm
EX-32 - EX-32 - SUN BANCORP INC /NJ/d859985dex32.htm

Exhibit 13

SUN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

At or for the Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Selected Balance Sheet Data

          

Total assets

   $ 2,715,348     $ 3,087,553     $ 3,224,031     $ 3,183,916     $ 3,417,546  

Cash and investments

     971,383       751,559       631,596       652,537       680,719  

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses

     1,486,898       2,102,167       2,351,222       2,272,647       2,453,457  

Total deposits

     2,093,609       2,621,571       2,713,224       2,667,977       2,940,460  

Borrowings

     68,978       68,765       70,992       31,269       33,417  

Junior subordinated debentures

     92,786       92,786       92,786       92,786       92,786  

Shareholders’ equity

     245,323       245,337       262,595       309,083       268,242  

Selected Results of Operations

          

Interest income

   $ 90,212      $ 105,082      $ 115,433      $ 126,680     $ 145,603  

Interest expense

     12,261        15,313        17,585        23,152        34,641   

Net interest income

     77,951        89,769        97,848        103,528       110,962  

Provision for loan losses

     14,803        1,147        57,215        74,266       101,518  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     63,148        88,622        40,633        29,262       9,444  

Non-interest income

     17,763        31,681        28,675        13,468       15,512  

Non-interest expense

     109,402        129,949        119,833        110,225       201,052  

Loss before income taxes

     (28,491     (9,646     (50,525     (67,495     (176,096

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,317        297        (34     10        9,322   

Net loss available to common shareholders

     (29,808     (9,943     (50,491     (67,505     (185,418

Per Share Data (1)

          

Loss per common share:

          

Basic

   $ (1.67   $ (0.58   $ (2.94   $ (4.40   $ (32.81

Diluted

     (1.67     (0.58     (2.94     (4.40     (32.81

Book Value

     13.18        14.15        15.28        20.16       47.46  

Selected Ratios

          

Return on average assets

     (1.02 )%      (0.31 )%      (1.60 )%      (2.05 )%      (5.20 )% 

Return on average equity

     (12.0     (3.8     (17.2     (22.6     (56.9 )

Ratio of average equity to average assets

     8.52        8.09        9.31        9.10       9.13  

 

(1)  Prior period data is retroactively adjusted for the impact of a 1-for-5 reverse stock split effective August 11, 2014.

 

33


SUN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

(All dollar amounts except share and per share amounts presented in the tables are in thousands)

ORGANIZATION OF INFORMATION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations provides a narrative on the financial condition and results of operations of Sun Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements. It includes the following sections:

 

  OVERVIEW

 

  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

 

  RECENT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

 

  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

  MARKET RISK

 

  FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

  FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

OVERVIEW

General Overview

The Company is a bank holding company headquartered in Mount Laurel, New Jersey, with its principal subsidiary being Sun National Bank (the “Bank”). At December 31, 2014, the Company had total assets of $2.7 billion, total liabilities of $2.5 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $245.3 million. The Company’s principal business is to serve as a holding company for the Bank. As a registered bank holding company, the Company is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). As a national bank, the Bank is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).

Through the Bank, the Company provides community banking services. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 57 locations primarily throughout New Jersey, including 47 branch offices. The Company also had one loan production office in both New York and Pennsylvania.

The Company is continuing to implement a comprehensive strategic restructuring to refocus on serving commercial borrowers in the communities in which the Bank operates. On June 30, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank approved a comprehensive restructuring plan, which includes, among other things, the Bank exiting Sun Home Loans, its retail, consumer mortgage banking origination business and exiting its healthcare and asset-based lending businesses, the sale of seven branch locations in the Cape May County area to Sturdy Savings Bank, significant classified asset and operating expense reductions and the declaration of a 1-for-5 reverse stock split effective August 11, 2014. The Company also announced the consolidation of three additional branch offices, which were completed during the fourth quarter of 2014. A total of four branches were closed during 2014. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company recorded approximately $20 million in one-time charges relating to restructuring initiatives, which primarily included approximately $16 million in losses on commercial and consumer loan sales and approximately $3 million of severance related costs. During the second half of 2014, the Company experienced reduced levels of non-interest expense as a result of the implementation of the restructuring plan and reduced non-interest income as a result of the exit from Sun Home Loans.

The Company provides an array of community banking services to consumers, small businesses and mid-size companies. The Company’s lending services to businesses include term loans and lines of credit, mortgage loans and commercial mortgages. The Company’s lending services to consumers consist primarily of lines of credit of overdraft sweeps. The Company is a Preferred Lender with both the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) and the New Jersey Economic Development Authority. The Company’s commercial deposit services include business checking and money market accounts and cash management solutions such as online banking, electronic bill payment and wire transfer services, lockbox services, remote deposit and controlled disbursement services. The Company’s consumer deposit services include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. In addition, the Company, through its wealth management subsidiary, Sun Financial Services LLC, offers client access to mutual funds, securities brokerage, annuities and investment advisory services. During 2014 and in prior years, the Company offered residential mortgage loans, but completed its exit from this business in the second half of 2014. Additionally, the Company has ceased its offering of home equity term loans, home equity lines of credit and installment loans.

The Company funds its lending activities primarily through retail and brokered deposits, the scheduled maturities of its investment portfolio and other wholesale funding sources.

 

34


As a financial institution with a primary focus on traditional banking activities, the Company generates the majority of its revenue through net interest income, which is defined as the difference between interest income earned on loans and investments and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Growth in net interest income is dependent upon the Company’s ability to prudently manage the balance sheet for growth, combined with how successfully it maintains or increases net interest margin, which is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

The Company also generates revenue through fees earned on the various services and products offered to its customers and through sales of loans, primarily residential mortgages, through its secondary mortgage banking operation, which was terminated in the second half of 2014. Offsetting these revenue sources are provisions for credit losses on loans, operating expenses and income taxes.

On July 2, 2014 the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Sturdy Savings Bank, pursuant to which the Bank agreed to sell certain assets and certain liabilities relating to seven branch offices in and around Cape May County, New Jersey. The Purchase Agreement provides for a purchase price equal to the sum of a deposit premium of 8.765% of the average daily closing balance of deposits for the 31 days prior to the closing date, the carrying value of loans identified and approved by both parties, the aggregate amount of cash on hand and accrued interest on the loans acquired. The Purchase Agreement contains certain customary representations, warranties, indemnities and covenants of the parties. The transaction closed on March 6, 2015 resulting in the sale of approximately $153 million in deposits, $64 million in loans, $4 million of fixed assets and $1 million of cash. The transaction resulted in a net cash payment of approximately $75 million by the Company to Sturdy Savings Bank. After transaction costs, the net gain on the branch sale transaction recorded by the Company in the first quarter of 2015 will be approximately $9.2 million.

Market Overview

The U.S economy experienced moderate growth in 2014. Interest rates remained at historical lows and equity markets grew for the third straight year. The labor market has improved as unemployment decreased from 6.7% in December 2013 to 5.6% in December 2014. Inflation decreased 0.7% from 1.5% in December 2013 to 0.8% in December 2014. The gross domestic product finished 2014 at an increase of 2.4% after recovering from a 2.1% decrease in the first quarter. Oil prices decreased to their lowest level in five years which allowed for more discretionary spending while the consumer price index rose slightly by 0.8% in 2014.

At its latest meeting in February 2015, the Federal Open Market Committee (the “FOMC”) kept the Federal Funds target rate at zero to 0.25% in an effort to help stimulate economic growth. Although FRB officials are suggesting there will be a rate increase, the timing will be based on the timing of economic recovery. The FOMC noted that economic activity has been expanding at a solid pace and that labor market conditions have improved, with strong job gains and a lower unemployment rate. The FOMC stated that a range of labor market indicators suggests that underutilization of labor resources continues to diminish. Inflation is expected to gradually rise to 2% over the medium term as labor markets improve and lower energy prices and other factors dissipate. Additionally, the FOMC is maintaining its existing policy regarding reinvestment of mortgage backed securities and treasury cash flows to sustain its accommodative posture.

At the state level, according to the latest South Jersey Business Survey produced by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, (the “Federal Reserve Bank”), overall business conditions improved in the fourth quarter of 2014 and although still positive, some indicators fell which suggest a slower growth pace. In Northern New Jersey, business activity is expected to continue to increase at a slow pace. Future indicators suggest continued growth as firms are more optimistic about future sales and employment growth over the next six months. In New Jersey the unemployment rate dropped from 7.2% in December 2013 to 6.2% in December 2014 but is still 0.6% above the national average of 5.6%.

Economic indicators predict continued moderate growth in 2015. Consumer spending is expected to increase resulting from higher hourly worker compensation, continued lower fuel costs, low unemployment rates fueled by higher job availability, and low inflation which is expected to hover around 2%. The rate at which the economy will grow is still uncertain and will affect the Company and the markets in which it does business. The following discussion provides further detail on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

OCC Written Agreement

On April 15, 2010, the Bank entered into an Agreement with the OCC which contained requirements to develop and implement a profitability and capital plan that provides for the maintenance of adequate capital to support the Bank’s risk profile. The capital plan was also required to contain a dividend policy allowing dividends only if the Bank is in compliance with the capital plan, and obtains prior approval from the OCC. The Bank also agreed to: (a) implement a program to protect the Bank’s interest in criticized or classified assets, (b) review and revise the Bank’s loan review program; (c) implement a program for the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan losses; and (d) revise the Bank’s credit administration policies. The Bank also agreed that its brokered deposits will not exceed 3.5% of its total liabilities unless approved by the OCC. Effective October 18, 2012, the OCC approved an increase of this limit to 6.0%.

Minimum Capital Ratios

The OCC has also imposed an individual minimum capital requirement on the Bank. An individual minimum capital requirement requires a bank to establish and maintain levels of capital greater than those generally required for a bank to be “well capitalized.” In accordance with the individual minimum capital requirements the Bank is required to maintain Tier 1 Capital at least equal to 8.50% of adjusted total assets, Tier 1 Capital at least equal to 9.50% of risk-weighted assets and to achieve and thereafter maintain Total Capital at least equal to 11.50% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014, the Bank was in compliance with its individual minimum capital requirement. The Bank had Tier 1 Capital equal to 9.68% of adjusted total assets, Tier 1 Capital equal to 16.12% of risk-weighted assets and Total Capital equal to 17.37% of risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2014.

Federal Reserve Bank Requirements

The Company is required to seek the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank before paying interest, principal or other sums on trust preferred securities or any related subordinated debentures, declaring or paying cash dividends or receiving dividends from the Bank, repurchasing outstanding stock or incurring indebtedness. The Company also was required to submit, and periodically update, a capital plan, a profit plan and cash flow projections, as well as other progress reports to the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

35


Executive Summary

In 2014, the Company experienced financial losses primarily due to the impact of the restructuring plan announced in the second quarter. Due to a very competitive lending environment, commercial loan production, loan yields declined and the Company’s cash levels were elevated, thereby pressuring net interest margin. While these items negatively impacted the Company’s operations throughout 2014, there were improvements in both the local and national economy which created additional opportunities for the Company during 2014. In addition, through the implementation of aggressive workout strategies and conservative lending standards, the Company made substantial progress in reducing its problem loans and ensuring that high quality assets were added to the balance sheet. As a result of the strategies implemented in 2014, the Company’s cash levels grew substantially throughout the year. In 2015, the Company anticipates deploying its excess cash to facilitate loan growth and investment purchases.

The Company’s net loss available to common shareholders for 2014 was $29.8 million, or a loss of $1.67 per diluted share, compared to a net loss of $9.9 million, or a loss of $0.58 per diluted share in 2013. The following is an overview of key factors affecting the Company’s results and significant events for 2014:

 

    In the first quarter the board appointed Thomas O’Brien as CEO.

 

    Negotiated sale of seven Cape May branch locations, consolidated three branches and completed orderly exit of Sun Home Loans residential lending business, health care lending and asset-based lending.

 

    Total risk-based capital for the Bank was 17.37% at December 31, 2014, well above the regulatory required level of 11.50%.

 

    Loans receivable decreased 29% from $2.1billion to $1.5 billion due to a strategic reduction of the loan portfolio completed through both loan sales and paydowns.

 

    The net interest margin equaled 2.92% for 2014 as compared to 3.05% in 2013. The net interest margin in 2014 was negatively impacted by high levels of cash generated due primarily to loan paydowns and loan sales which occurred throughout the year.

 

    Non-interest expense decreased 15.8%, from $129.9 million in 2013 to $109.4 million in 2014 driven by lower professional fees and salary expenses,

 

    Provision for loan losses increased from $1.1 million in 2013 to $14.8 million in 2014 primarily due to the sale of non-performing loans. The allowance for loan losses decreased from $35.5 million in 2013 to $23.2 million in 2014 due to a corresponding decrease in loans and an improvement in the risk profile of the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses equaled 1.54% of gross loans held-for-investment at December 31, 2014 as compared to 1.66% at December 31, 2013.

 

    Recorded a non-recurring charge of $2.3 million for leased office vacancy costs in the fourth quarter.

 

    Office space leases were renegotiated resulting in an approximately $15 million reduction in long-term contractual obligations.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. Management evaluates these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis, including those related to the allowance for loan losses, goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, stock-based compensation and the fair value of financial instruments. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other factors and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These form the basis for making judgments on the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Allowance for Loan Losses. Through the Bank, the Company originates loans that it intends to hold for the foreseeable future or until, maturity or repayment. The Company may not be able to collect all principal and interest due on these loans. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires management to make significant estimates with respect to the amounts and timing of losses, and market and economic conditions. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to provide for estimated losses and impairment based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risk in the loan portfolio. Loan impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of collateral or estimated net realizable value. A provision for loan losses is charged to operations based on management’s evaluation of the estimated losses that have been incurred in the Company’s loan portfolio. It is the policy of management to provide for losses on unidentified loans in its portfolio in addition to classified loans.

 

36


Management monitors its allowance for loan losses on a monthly basis and makes adjustments to the allowance through the provision for loan losses as economic conditions and other pertinent factors indicate. Our allowance for loans losses methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors. The quarterly review and adjustment of the qualitative factors employed in the allowance methodology and the updating of historic loss experience allow for timely reaction to emerging conditions and trends. In this context, a series of qualitative factors are used in a methodology as a measurement of how current circumstances are affecting the loan portfolio. Included in these qualitative factors are:

 

  Levels of past due, classified and non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and modifications;

 

  Nature and volume of loans;

 

  Historical loss trends;

 

  Changes in lending policies and procedures, underwriting standards, collections, and for commercial loans, the level of loans being approved with exceptions to policy;

 

  Experience, ability and depth of management and staff;

 

  National and local economic and business conditions, including various market segments;

 

  Quality of the Company’s loan review system and degree of Board oversight; and

 

  Effect of external factors, including the deterioration of collateral values, on the level of estimated credit losses in the current portfolio.

Additionally, for the commercial loan portfolio, historic loss and recovery experience over a three-year horizon, based on a rolling 12-quarter migration analysis, is taken into account for the quantitative factor component. For the non-commercial loan quantitative component, the average loss history and recovery experience over a 12-quarter time period is utilized for the allowance calculation. In determining the allowance for loan losses, management has established both specific and general pooled allowances. Values assigned to the qualitative factors and those developed from historic loss and recovery experience provide a dynamic basis for the calculation of reserve factors for both pass-rated loans and those criticized and classified loans through the use of both a general pooled allowance and a specific allowance. In determining the appropriate level of the general pooled allowance, management makes estimates based on internal risk ratings, which take into account such factors as debt service coverage, loan-to-value ratios and external factors. Estimates are periodically measured against actual loss experience. A specific allowance is calculated on individually identified impaired loans. Loans not individually reviewed are evaluated as a group using reserve factor percentages based on historic loss and recovery experience and the qualitative factors described above.

As changes in the Company’s operating environment occur and as recent loss experience fluctuates, the factors for each category of loan based on type and risk rating will change to reflect current circumstances and the quality of the loan portfolio. Given that the components of the allowance are based partially on historical losses, recoveries and on risk rating changes in response to recent events, required reserves may trail the emergence of any unforeseen deterioration in credit quality.

Although the Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at levels considered adequate to provide for the inherent risk of loss in its loan portfolio, if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations or loan performance deteriorates further from current levels, there can be no assurance that future losses will not exceed estimated amounts or that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required in future periods. Accordingly, the current state of the national economy and local economies of the areas in which the loans are concentrated and their slow recovery from a severe recession could result in an increase in loan delinquencies, foreclosures or repossessions resulting in increased charge-off amounts and the need for additional loan loss allowances in future periods. In addition, the Company’s determination as to the amount of its allowance for loan losses is subject to review by the Bank’s primary regulator, the OCC, as part of its examination process, which may result in the establishment of an additional allowance based upon the judgment of the OCC after a review of the information available at the time of the OCC examination.

Accounting for Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 740, Income Taxes (“FASB ASC 740”). FASB ASC 740 requires the recording of deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management exercises significant judgment in the evaluation of the amount and timing of the recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities and of its gross deferred tax assets. The judgments and estimates required for the evaluation are updated based upon changes in business factors and the tax laws. If actual results differ from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating the amount and timing of tax recognized, there can be no assurance that additional expenses will not be required in future periods. The Company recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. Assessment of uncertain tax positions under FASB ASC 740 requires careful consideration of the technical merits of a position based on management’s analysis of tax regulations and interpretations. Significant judgment may be involved in applying the requirements of FASB ASC 740.

Management expects that the Company’s adherence to FASB ASC 740 may result in increased volatility in quarterly and annual effective income tax rates, as FASB ASC 740 requires that any change in judgment or change in measurement of a tax position taken in a prior period be recognized as a discrete event in the period in which it occurs. Factors that could impact management’s judgment include changes in income, tax laws and regulations, and tax planning strategies.

 

37


Fair Value Measurement. The Company accounts for fair value measurement in accordance with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“FASB ASC 820”). FASB ASC 820 establishes a framework for measuring fair value. FASB ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, emphasizing that fair value is a market-based measurement and not an entity-specific measurement. FASB ASC 820 clarifies the application of fair value measurement in a market that is not active. FASB ASC 820 also includes additional factors for determining whether there has been a significant decrease in market activity, affirms the objective of fair value when a market is not active, eliminates the presumption that all transactions are not orderly unless proven otherwise, and requires an entity to disclose inputs and valuation techniques, and changes therein, used to measure fair value. FASB ASC 820 addresses the valuation techniques used to measure fair value. These valuation techniques include the market approach, income approach and cost approach. The market approach uses price or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves converting future amounts to a single present amount. The measurement is valued based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

FASB ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

 

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers that occur between the fair value hierarchy, Levels 1, 2, and 3, at the beginning of the quarter of when the transfer occurred.

The Company measures financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with FASB ASC 820. These measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available, and include the following significant financial instruments: investment securities available for sale and derivative financial instruments. The following is a summary of valuation techniques utilized by the Company for its significant financial assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Investment securities available- for-sale. Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows based on observable market inputs and are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 3 market value measurements include an internally developed discounted cash flow model combined with using market data points of similar securities with comparable credit ratings in addition to market yield curves with similar maturities in determining the discount rate. In addition, significant estimates and unobservable inputs are required in the determination of Level 3 market value measurements. If actual results differ significantly from the estimates and inputs applied, it could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Derivative financial instruments. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are not exchange-traded and therefore are valued utilizing models that use as their basis readily observable market parameters, specifically the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) swap curve, and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Residential mortgage loans held-for-sale. The Company’s residential mortgage loans held-for-sale are recorded at fair value utilizing Level 2 measurements. This fair value measurement is determined based upon third party quotes obtained on similar loans. Consistent with our exit from the residential mortgage business, the outstanding principal balance of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale was $0 at December 31, 2014. The outstanding principal balance of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale was $13.7 million at December 31, 2013.

 

38


The Company adopted the fair value option on these loans which allows the Company to record the mortgage loans held-for-sale portfolio at fair market value as opposed to the lower of cost or market. The Company economically hedged its residential loans held- for-sale portfolio with forward sale agreements which are reported at fair value. A lower of cost or market accounting treatment would not allow the Company to record the excess of the fair market value over book value but would require the Company to record the corresponding reduction in value on the hedges. Both the loans and related hedges were carried at fair value which reduces earnings volatility as the amounts more closely offset. For residential mortgage loans held-for-sale, the aggregate fair value exceeded the aggregate principal balance by $312 thousand at December 31, 2013.

Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgages. The Company entered into interest rate lock commitments on its residential mortgage loans originated for sale. The determination of the fair value of interest rate lock commitments was based on agreed upon pricing with the respective investor on each loan and includes a pull through percentage. The pull through percentage represented an estimate of loans in the pipeline to be delivered to an investor versus the total loans committed for delivery. Significant changes in this input could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. As the pull through percentage is a significant unobservable input, this is deemed a Level 3 valuation input. There was no pull through assumption at December 31, 2014 as there were no outstanding commitments. The pull through percentage, which is based upon historical experience, was 75% as of December 31, 2013.

In addition, certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The Company measures impaired loans, other loans held-for-sale, SBA servicing assets, restricted equity investments and loans or bank properties transferred in other real estate owned at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Valuation techniques and models utilized for measuring financial assets and liabilities are reviewed and validated by the Company at least quarterly.

Goodwill. Goodwill is the excess of the fair value of liabilities assumed over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually. The Company elected not to apply the qualitative evaluation option permitted under Accounting Standards Update 2011-8, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 35): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, issued in September 2011. Therefore, the Company utilizes the two-step goodwill impairment test outlined in FASB ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. Significant judgment is applied when goodwill is assessed for impairment. Step one, which is used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. As defined in FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting, a reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company has one reportable operating segment, “Community Banking”, as defined in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and there are no components to this operating segment. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and step two is therefore unnecessary. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. An implied loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.

The Company performed a goodwill impairment analysis at December 31, 2014. In performing step one of the impairment analysis, the Company estimated the fair value of the Company through the consideration of its quoted market valuation, market earnings multiples of peer companies and market earnings multiples of peer companies adjusted to include a market observed control premium (i.e., its acquisition value relative to its peers). The considerations above are sensitive to both the fluctuation of the Company’s stock price and those of peer companies. The step one impairment test completed at December 31, 2014 indicated that the Company’s fair value was above its carrying value, and therefore the Company did not need to perform a step two analysis. As a result, the Company’s goodwill balance was not considered impaired at December 31, 2014.

However, given the continued economic uncertainty, it is possible that our assumptions and conclusions regarding the valuation of our Company could change adversely in the future and could result in impairment of the Company’s goodwill. While any charge resulting from a partial or full impairment of goodwill would be a non-cash charge and have no impact on the Company’s regulatory capital, the charge could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations. For more information on goodwill, see Notes 2 and 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02: Consolidation – Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (Topic 225-20). The amendments in this Update affect reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. Specifically, the amendments: (1) modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities; (2) eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and (4) provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

 

39


In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01: Income Statement – Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20). The amendments in this Update eliminate from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. Subtopic 225-20, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items, required that an entity separately classify, present, and disclose extraordinary events and transactions. Presently, an event or transaction is presumed to be an ordinary and usual activity of the reporting entity unless evidence clearly supports its classification as an extraordinary item. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17: Business Combinations – Pushdown Accounting (Topic 805). The amendments in this Update provide an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The amendments in this Update were effective on November 18, 2014. The Company has evaluated this accounting standards update and determined that it is not applicable at this time.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16: Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The amendments in this Update affect hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share. An entity (an issuer or an investor) should determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, weighing each term and feature on the basis of relevant facts and circumstances. That is, an entity should determine the nature of the host contract by considering the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument, including the embedded derivative feature that is being evaluated for separate accounting from the host contract. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15: Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The amendments in this Update provide guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The amendments are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosures. The amendments in this Update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14: Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40). The amendments in this Update affect creditors that hold government-guaranteed mortgage loans, including those guaranteed by the FHA and the VA. The amendments in this Update require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if certain conditions are met. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The amendments in this Update are effective for public entities for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12: Stock Compensation – Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of Award Provide that a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period (Topic 718). The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that grant their employees share-based payments in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments in this Update require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award. The amendments in ASU 2014-12 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied either prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date, or retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11: Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. The accounting changes in the amendment affect all entities that enter into repurchase-to-maturity transactions or repurchase financings. The amendments in this update change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting and for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. All entities are subject to new disclosure requirements for certain transactions that involve a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale. The accounting changes in this Update are effective for public business entities for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

 

40


In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Summary and Amendments That Create Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers (Subtopic 340-40), Conforming Amendments to Other Topics and Subtopics in the Codification and Status Tables, Background Information and Basis for Conclusions. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the considerations to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance in this Update affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets, unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. For a public entity, the amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. The amendments in this update clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. For public entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion focuses on the major components of the Company’s operations and presents an overview of the significant changes in the results of operations during the past three fiscal years. This discussion should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented elsewhere in this Annual Report. All earnings per share amounts are presented assuming dilution.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income is the most significant component of the Company’s income from operations. Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on total interest-earning assets (primarily loans and investment securities), on a fully taxable equivalent basis, where appropriate, and interest paid on total interest-bearing liabilities (primarily deposits and borrowed funds). Fully taxable equivalent basis represents income on total interest-earning assets that is either tax-exempt or taxed at a reduced rate, adjusted to give effect to the prevailing incremental federal tax rate, and adjusted for nondeductible carrying costs and state income taxes, where applicable. Yield calculations, where appropriate, include these adjustments. Net interest income depends on the volume and interest rate earned on interest-earning assets, and the volume and interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

The Company’s net interest margin and interest rate spread in the year ended December 31, 2014 were 2.92% and 2.77%, respectively, as compared to 3.05% and 2.92%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 3.43% and 3.27%, respectively, for 2012. The margin decrease from 2013 to 2014 is due primarily to the decline in the yield on interest-earning assets of 20 basis points, which was partially offset by a decline of five basis points in costs of interest-bearing liabilities. The decline in the yield is primarily due to the decrease in average balance of the commercial loans receivable and a decrease in the average yield earned on commercial loans receivable. The margin decrease in 2013 from 2012 was primarily due to the decline in the yield on interest-bearing assets of 47 basis points, which was partially offset by a decline of 12 basis points in costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

Net interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) decreased $11.9 million, or 13.1%, to $78.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $90.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) decreased $8.2 million, or 8.3%, to $90.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $98.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Table 1 provides detail regarding the Company’s average daily balances with corresponding interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) and interest expense, as well as yield and cost information for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Average balances are derived from daily balances. Table 2 further provides certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

41


TABLE 1: STATEMENTS OF AVERAGE BALANCES, INCOME OR EXPENSE, YIELD OR COST

 

Years Ended December 31,

  2014     2013     2012  
    Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
    Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
    Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
    Yield/
Cost
 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans receivable (1), (2):

                 

Commercial

  $ 1,368,385      $ 58,773        4.30   $ 1,688,702      $ 74,191        4.39   $ 1,814,626     $ 82,165       4.53

Home equity lines of credit

    181,951        7,066        3.88       196,597        7,563        3.85       216,218       8,738       4.04  

Home equity term loans

    23,142        1,300        5.62       28,038        1,611        5.75       37,021       2,128       5.75  

Residential real estate

    323,301        11,352        3.51       312,617        10,846        3.47       207,553       8,199       3.95  

Other

    13,752        935        6.80       28,285        1,961        6.93       35,636       2,477       6.95  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total loans receivable

  1,910,531      79,426      4.16     2,254,239      96,172      4.27     2,311,054     103,707     4.49  

Investment securities (3)

  440,710      10,582      2.40     413,861      8,884      2.15     537,710     12,529     2.33  

Interest-earning deposits with banks

  344,326      866      0.25     295,199      746      0.25     28,646     68     0.24  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

  2,695,567      90,874      3.37     2,963,299      105,802      3.57     2,877,410     116,304     4.04  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-interest-earning assets:

Cash and due from banks

  60,589      70,673      73,000  

Bank properties and equipment, net

  46,777      49,357      52,781  

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

  38,470      40,031      43,280  

Other assets

  84,320      101,593      108,299  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total non-interest-earning assets

  230,156      261,654      277,360  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

$ 2,925,723    $ 3,224,953    $ 3,154,770  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Interest-bearing deposit accounts:

Interest-bearing demand deposits

$ 1,052,717    $ 2,869      0.27 $ 1,243,074    $ 4,228      0.34 $ 1,225,609   $ 4,778     0.39

Savings deposits

  258,808      672      0.26      268,414      843      0.31      263,307     900     0.34  

Time deposits

  565,472      4,817      0.85      667,984      6,278      0.94      643,822     7,876     1.22  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposit accounts

  1,876,997      8,358      0.45      2,179,472      11,349      0.52      2,132,738      13,554      0.64  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Short-term borrowings:

Federal funds purchased

  —        —       —        14      —       —        5,437      20     0.37  

Repurchase agreements with customers

  735      1      0.14      1,565      2      0.13      5,157      7      0.14  

Long-term borrowings:

FHLBNY advances (4)

  60,865      1,264      2.08      61,050      1,275      2.09      37,038      898      2.42  

Obligation under capital lease

  7,181      489      6.81      7,468      499      6.68      7,737      513      6.63  

Junior subordinated debentures

  92,786      2,150      2.32      92,786      2,188      2.36      92,786      2,594      2.80  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total borrowings

  161,567      3,904      2.42      162,883      3,964      2.43      148,155      4,032      2.72  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  2,038,564      12,262      0.60      2,342,355      15,313      0.65      2,280,893      17,586      0.77  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

  588,717      543,490      499,435   

Other liabilities

  49,115      78,209      80,777   
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total non-interest-bearing liabilities

  637,832      621,699      580,212  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

  2,676,396      2,964,054      2,861,105  

Shareholders’ equity

  249,327      260,899      293,665  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 2,925,723    $ 3,224,953    $ 3,154,770  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income (5)

$ 78,612    $ 90,489    $ 98,718  
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread

  2.77   2.92   3.27

Net interest margin (6)

  2.92   3.05   3.43

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest- bearing liabilities

  132   127   126

 

42


(1) Average balances include non-accrual loans and loans held-for-sale (see “Non-Performing and Problem Assets”).
(2) Loan fees are included in interest income and the amount is not material for this analysis.
(3) Interest earned on non-taxable investment securities is shown on a tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% marginal federal tax rate for all periods. The fully taxable equivalent adjustment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $664 thousand, $720 thousand and $870 thousand, respectively.
(4) Amounts include Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase – FHLBNY.
(5) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(6) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

TABLE 2: RATE-VOLUME VARIANCE ANALYSIS (1)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014 vs. 2013     2013 vs. 2012  
     Increase (Decrease) Due To     Increase (Decrease) Due To  
     Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  

Interest income:

            

Loans receivable:

            

Commercial

   $ (13,865   $ (1,553   $ (15,418   $ (5,583   $ (2,391   $ (7,974

Home equity lines of credit

     (562     65        (497     (768     (407     (1,175

Home equity term loans

     (276     (35     (311     (516     (1     (517

Residential real estate

     377        129        506        3,739        (1,092     2,647   

Other

     (989     (37     (1,026     (510     (6     (516
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

  (15,315   (1,431   (16,746   (3,638   (3,897   (7,535

Investment securities

  435      1,263      1,698      (2,716   (929   (3,645

Interest-earning deposits with banks

  120      —        120      673      5      678   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

  (14,760   (168   (14,928   (5,681   (4,821   (10,502
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

Interest-bearing deposit accounts:

Interest-bearing demand deposits

  (591   (768   (1,359   67      (617   (550

Savings deposits

  (29   (142   (171   17      (74   (57

Time deposits

  (907   (554   (1,461   285      (1,883   (1,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposit accounts

  (1,527   (1,464   (2,991   369      (2,574   (2,205
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings:

Federal funds purchased

  —        —        —        (10   (10   (20

Repurchase agreements with customers

  (1   —        (1   (5   —        (5

Long-term borrowings:

FHLBNY advances

  (5   (6   (11   515      (138   377   

Obligation under capital lease

  (19   9      (10   (18   4      (14

Junior subordinated debentures

  —        (38   (38   —        (406   (406
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

  (25   (35   (60   482      (550   (68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  (1,552   (1,499   (3,051   851      (3,124   (2,273
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in net interest income

$ (13,208 $ 1,331    $ (11,877 $ (6,532 $ (1,697 $ (8,229
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (changes in average volume multiplied by the prior year rate) and (ii) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by the prior year average volume). The combined effect of changes in both volume and rate has been allocated to volume or rate changes in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) decreased $14.9 million, or 14.1%, to $90.9 million for 2014 compared to $105.8 million in 2013, primarily due to a decrease of $320.3 million, or 19.0% in average commercial loan balances and a $49.1 million in average interest-bearing deposits with other banking institutions, reflecting primarily a nine basis point decline in the average yield on commercial loans and the decline in the average balance commercial loans, which are among the Company’s higher yielding assets. The decline in average commercial loans is due to paydowns and loan sale activity in 2014. The impact of these changes was partially offset by a $26.8 million, or 6.5%, increase in average investment securities. There were also decreases of 11 basis points in the yield on average loans, offset by an increase of 38 basis points on average investment securities. The yield on total interest earning assets decreased by 18 basis points. Significant pressures on loan yields existed through 2014 due to the competitive lending environment and the Bank’s strategic decision to maintain a very selective approach to new loan relationships.

 

43


Interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) decreased $10.5 million, or 9.0%, to $105.8 million for 2013 compared to $116.3 million in 2012, primarily due to a decrease of $125.9 million, or 6.9% in average commercial loan balances and a decrease of $123.8 million, or 23.0%, in average investment securities and a corresponding increase of $266.6 million in interest-earning deposits. There were also decreases of 22 basis points in the yield on average loans and 18 basis points on average investment securities. The rate declines were due to the overall decline in market interest rates during 2013. Significant pressures on loan yields existed through 2013 due to the competitive lending environment.

Interest expense decreased $3.1 million, or 19.9%, to $12.3 million for 2014 compared to $15.3 million in 2013, primarily due to a decrease in the cost of interest-bearing deposits of $3.0 million, or seven basis points. The Company continued to lower interest rates on its deposit products throughout 2014.

Interest expense decreased $2.3 million, or 12.9%, to $15.3 million for 2013 compared to $17.6 million in 2012, primarily due to a decrease in the cost of interest-bearing deposits of $2.2 million, or 12 basis points.

Provision for Loan Losses. The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $14.8 million during 2014, as compared to $1.1 million during 2013 and $57.2 million during 2012. The Company’s total loans held-for-investment before allowance for loan losses were $1.51 billion at December 31, 2014, as compared to $2.14 billion at December 31, 2013. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans held-for-investment was 1.54% at December 31, 2014 compared to 1.66% at December 31, 2013. Net charge-offs were $27.1 million, or 1.42% of average loans outstanding, for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $11.5 million, or 0.51% of average loans outstanding, and $52.4 million, or 2.26% of average loans outstanding, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total gross charge-offs in 2014 were $31.1 million, of which $20.1 million related to the commercial portfolio. Approximately $20.9 million of the charge-offs recorded in 2014 were attributed to sale activity, of which $14.3 million related to the sale of classified commercial loans. Excluding charge-offs related to loan sale activity, the majority of charge-offs were driven by four commercial loans attributing to $4.5 million in charge-offs. The increase in the provision for loan losses was due primarily to the impact of these loan sale charge-offs.

Charge-offs recorded in 2013 included $10.2 million related to the sale of $34.8 million of classified commercial loans. Excluding charge-offs related to the loan sale, commercial charge-offs were largely driven by $6.5 million related to three legacy non-performing loans. The Company’s provision levels declined due to charge-offs from prior year loan sales, significant reductions in problem loans as aggressive workout strategies resulted in payoffs and the release of Hurricane Sandy related reserves of $1.7 million which occurred because the impact on the Company’s borrowers was not as significant as originally expected.

The charge-offs in 2012 included $13.1 million in losses recorded on the sale of $35.1 million in book balance of criticized and classified commercial real estate loans. Excluding charge-offs related to the loan sale, commercial charge-offs were largely driven by charge-offs of $23.2 million taken on 10 loan relationships.

At least quarterly, management performs an analysis to identify the inherent risk of loss in the Company’s loan portfolio. This analysis includes a qualitative evaluation of concentrations of credit, past loss experience, current economic conditions, amount and composition of the loan portfolio (including loans being specifically monitored by management), estimated fair value of underlying collateral, delinquencies, and other factors. Additionally, management updates the migration analysis and historic loss experience on a quarterly basis. See “Non-Performing and Problem Assets” and “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income decreased $13.9 million, or 43.9%, to $17.8 million for 2014, as compared to $31.7 million for 2013. The primary drivers of this change were the reduction in mortgage banking revenue, net, of $10.4 million as the Company exited this business during 2014, as well as a $3.4 million reduction in gain on sale of investment securities, reflecting higher sales of securities in 2013.

Non-interest income increased $3.0 million, or 10.5%, to $31.7 million for 2013 as compared to $28.7 million for 2012. The primary drivers of this change were a $3.3 million increase in gains on the sale of investment securities and an increase of $1.0 million in mortgage banking revenue, net as compared to the prior year.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense decreased $20.5 million, or 15.8%, to $109.4 million for 2014 as compared to $129.9 million for 2013. The primary driver of this decrease was the decrease in professional fees of $11.8 million from the prior year due to the reduction of regulatory remediation efforts and mortgage platform enhancements that occurred in 2013 with the assistance of outside consultants and professionals. Salaries and employee benefits declined by $3.7 million and commission expense declined by $5.2 million as a result of headcount reductions from the Company’s restructuring efforts and elimination of the residential mortgage business, respectively. Additionally, amortization of intangible assets, problem loan expense and real estate owned expense declined by $1.7 million, $1.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, from the prior year. All remaining core deposit intangible assets were fully amortized during 2014. Problem loan expense decreased due to the significant reduction in non-performing loans or other problem loans from the prior year. Real estate owned expense declined as the Company significantly reduced its real estate owned properties from the prior year. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $2.7 million in occupancy expense as the Company recognized charges associated with the restructuring of one lease and the vacancies in several other locations in 2014.

During 2014, the Company identified seven leased facilities which have been either fully or partially vacated as a part of the implementation of the Company’s overall restructuring plan. As a result, during 2014, the Company recognized a charge of $2.7 million for leased office vacancy charges. For each of these leased facilities, a discounted cash flow analysis was performed over the remaining life of the lease inclusive of a sub-lease assumption based on current market rates, if applicable. At December 31, 2014, the Company has a liability of $3.9 million associated with these lease vacancy costs. Prior to the recording of the charge noted above, the Company had an existing liability of $1.2 million for straight-line rent recognition on these leases as required under FASB ASC 840, Leases.

In 2014, the Company renegotiated its existing lease with a related party for its operations facility in Vineland, New Jersey which resulted in a change in the lease termination from October 2027 to October 2017. In connection with the renegotiation, the Company made a one-time payment of $583 thousand in January 2015 to the landlord and the monthly payments were adjusted retroactively to November 2014. As this facility was partially vacated during 2014, this payment was included in the overall analysis to determine the lease vacancy charge noted above.

Non-interest expense increased $10.1 million, or 8.4%, to $129.9 million for 2013 as compared to $119.8 million for 2012. The primary driver of this increase was the increase in professional fees of $14.8 million from the prior year due to the acceleration of regulatory remediation efforts and mortgage platform enhancements. Partially offsetting this increase were decreases of $2.3 million in

 

44


problem loan expense, $1.2 million in amortization of intangible assets and $1.2 million in salaries and employee benefits. The reduction in problem loan expenses was the result of overall reductions in the level of problem loans. Amortization of intangibles decreased due to a portion of the core deposit intangible asset being fully amortized during 2013. Salaries and employee benefits expense declined due to staff reductions.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $297 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013. The tax expense in 2014 relates to the tax amortization of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets that is not available to offset existing deferred tax assets which was first recorded in the fourth quarter of 2013. As the Company remained in a cumulative loss position at December 31, 2014, a full deferred tax valuation allowance is still considered appropriate.

Income tax expense increased $331 thousand from a tax benefit of $34 thousand to an expense of $297 thousand at December 31, 2013. The tax expense in 2013 relates to the tax amortization of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets that is not available to offset existing deferred tax assets.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The liquidity of the Company is the ability to maintain cash flows that are adequate to fund operations and meet its other obligations on a timely and cost-effective basis in various market conditions. The ability of the Company to meet its current financial obligations is a function of balance sheet structure, the ability to liquidate assets and the availability of alternative sources of funds. To meet the needs of the clients and manage the risk of the Company, the Company engages in liquidity planning and management.

The major source of the Company’s funding on a consolidated basis is deposits, which management believes will be sufficient to meet the Company’s daily and long-term operating liquidity needs. The ability of the Company to retain and attract new deposits is dependent upon the variety and effectiveness of its customer account products, customer service and convenience, and rates paid to customers. The Company also obtains funds from the repayment and maturities of loans, loan sales or participations and maturities or calls of investment securities. Additional liquidity can be obtained in a variety of wholesale funding sources as well, including, but not limited to, federal funds purchased, FHLBNY advances, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other secured and unsecured borrowings. Through the Bank, the Company also purchases brokered deposits for funding purposes; however, this funding source is currently limited to 6.0% of the Bank’s total liabilities in accordance with a written agreement between the Bank and the OCC and the OCC’s subsequent approved increase to the limit, as discussed later in this section. In a continued effort to balance deposit growth and net interest margin, especially in the current interest rate environment and with competitive local deposit pricing, the Company continually evaluates these other funding sources for funding cost efficiencies. During 2014, the Company continued to lower deposit rates to align itself with the market and continued to manage its excess cash position while undergoing the restructuring.

Core deposits, which exclude all certificates of deposit, decreased $219.2 million to $1.64 billion, or 78.1% of total deposits, at December 31, 2014, as compared to $2.01 billion, or 76.6% of total deposits, at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, the Company had additional secured borrowing capacity with the FRB of approximately $142.6 million, of which none was utilized, and the FHLBNY of approximately $169.9 million, of which $60.8 million was utilized. In addition to secured borrowings, the Company also has unsecured borrowing capacity through lines of credit with other financial institutions of $35.0 million, of which none were utilized as of December 31, 2014. Management continues to monitor the Company’s liquidity and has taken measures to increase its borrowing capacity by providing additional collateral through the pledging of loans. As of December 31, 2014 the Company had a par value of $280.0 million and $157.9 million in loans and securities, respectively, pledged as collateral on secured borrowings.

The Company’s primary uses of funds are loan originations, the funding of the Company’s maturing certificates of deposit, deposit withdrawals, the repayment of borrowings and general operating expenses. Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature during the 12 months ending December 31, 2015 total $331.5 million, or approximately 67.8% of total certificates of deposit. The Company continues to operate with a core deposit relationship strategy that values a long-term stable customer relationship. This strategy employs a pricing strategy that rewards customers that establish core accounts and maintain a certain minimum threshold account balance. Based on market conditions and other liquidity considerations, the Company may also avail itself to the secondary borrowings discussed above.

The Company anticipates that deposits, cash and cash equivalents on hand, the cash flow from assets, as well as other sources of funds will provide adequate liquidity for the Company’s future operating, investing and financing needs. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $532.2 million of cash held at the FRB. It is anticipated these excess funds will be strategically deployed in 2015.

Management currently operates under a capital plan for the Company and the Bank that is expected to allow the Company and the Bank to grow capital internally at levels sufficient for achieving its internal growth projections while managing its operating and financial risks. The principal components of the capital plan are to generate additional capital through retained earnings from internal growth, access the capital markets for external sources of capital, such as common equity, when necessary or appropriate, redeem existing capital instruments and refinance such instruments at lower rates when conditions permit, and maintain sufficient capital for safe and sound operations. The Company continues to assess its plan for contingency capital needs, and when appropriate, the Company’s Board of Directors may consider various capital raising alternatives. As part of its assessment, the Company performs stress tests on select balance sheet components, deemed to have inherent risk given relevant economic and regulatory conditions, in an effort to gauge potential exposure on its capital position.

In August 2014, the Company raised approximately $20 million in new equity through a privately negotiated sale of its common stock to several institutions and private investors. The Company issued a total of 1,133,144 shares of common stock in this transaction at a price per share of $17.65.

 

45


The Company is subject to regulatory capital requirements adopted by the FRB for bank holding companies. The Bank is also subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the OCC. Under the requirements for 2014, the federal bank regulatory agencies established quantitative measures to ensure that minimum thresholds for Total Capital, Tier 1 Capital and Leverage (Tier 1 Capital divided by average assets) ratios are maintained. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the federal bank regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. The Company’s and the Bank’s risk-based capital ratios have been computed in accordance with regulatory practices. The Company and the Bank were in compliance with these regulatory capital requirements of the FRB and the OCC as of December 31, 2014. As discussed below and elsewhere herein, additional capital requirements have been imposed on the Bank by the OCC, which the Bank was also in full compliance with as of December 31, 2014.

On April 15, 2010, the Bank entered into an Agreement with the OCC (the “OCC Agreement”) which contained requirements to develop and implement a profitability and capital plan that provides for the maintenance of adequate capital to support the Bank’s risk profile. The capital plan was also required to contain a dividend policy allowing dividends only if the Bank is in compliance with the capital plan, and obtains prior approval from the OCC. In addition, we are required to seek the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, before paying interest, principal or other sums on trust preferred securities or any related subordinated debentures, declaring or paying cash dividends or taking dividends from the Bank, repurchasing outstanding stock or incurring indebtedness. The Company is also required to take certain remedial steps and submit plans and progress reports to the Federal Reserve Bank.

The Bank also agreed to: (a) implement a program to protect the Bank’s interest in criticized or classified assets, (b) review and revise the Bank’s loan review program; (c) implement a program for the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan losses; and (d) revise the Bank’s credit administration policies. The Bank also agreed that its brokered deposits will not exceed 3.5% of its total liabilities unless approved by the OCC. Effective October 18, 2012, the OCC approved an increase of this limit to 6.0%. Management does not expect this restriction will limit its access to liquidity as the Bank does not rely on brokered deposits as a major source of funding. At December 31, 2014, the Bank’s brokered deposits represented 3.1% of its total liabilities.

On June 30, 2014, for regulatory capital purposes, the Company contributed $7.5 million in additional capital to the Bank.

The OCC also imposed an individual minimum capital requirement on the Bank. An individual minimum capital requirement requires a bank to establish and maintain levels of capital greater than those generally required for a bank to be “well capitalized.” In accordance with the individual minimum capital requirement, the Bank is required to maintain a Leverage ratio at least equal to 8.50% of adjusted total assets, a Tier 1 Capital ratio at least equal to 9.50% of risk-weighted assets and a Total Capital ratio at least equal to 11.50% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014, the Bank exceeded all of the three capital ratio requirements established by the OCC as its Leverage ratio was 9.68%, its Tier 1 Capital ratio was 16.12%, and its Total Capital ratio was 17.37%.

Management is working towards taking all of the necessary actions for the Bank to become fully compliant with all requirements of the OCC Agreement.

TABLE 3A: REGULATORY CAPITAL LEVELS

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To Be Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions (1)
 

December 31, 2014

   Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

   $ 317,945        19.25   $ 132,147        8.00     N/A  

Sun National Bank

     286,374        17.37       131,876        8.00     $ 164,844         10.00

Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) (1)

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

     276,349        16.73       66,073        4.00        N/A  

Sun National Bank

     265,728        16.12       65,938        4.00       98,907         6.00  

Leverage Ratio:

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

     276,349        10.06       109,894        4.00        N/A  

Sun National Bank

     265,728        9.68       109,760        4.00       137,200         5.00  

 

(1)  Not applicable to bank holding companies.

 

46


TABLE 3B: INDIVIDUAL MINIMUM CAPITAL REQUIREMENT LEVELS – SUN NATIONAL BANK

 

     Actual      Individual Minimum
Capital Requirement
 

December 31, 2014

   Amount      Ratio      Amount      Ratio  

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

     286,374        17.37        189,571        11.50

Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

     265,728        16.12        156,602        9.50  

Leverage Ratio

     265,728        9.68        233,240        8.50  

The Company’s ratio of tangible equity to tangible assets, which is a non-GAAP financial measure of risk, was 7.73% at December 31, 2014, compared with 6.75% at December 31, 2013. Tangible equity and tangible assets are calculated by subtracting identifiable intangible assets and goodwill from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively, and may be used by investors to assist them in understanding how much loss, exclusive of intangible assets and goodwill, can be absorbed before shareholders’ equity is depleted. The Company’s and Bank’s regulators also exclude intangible assets and goodwill from shareholders’ equity when assessing the capital adequacy of each.

The Company’s capital securities qualify as Tier 1 capital under federal regulatory guidelines. These instruments are subject to a 25% capital limitation under risk-based capital guidelines developed by the FRB. Under FRB results, restricted core capital elements, which are qualifying trust preferred securities, qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and related surplus) and certain minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, are limited in the aggregate to no more than 25% of a bank holding company’s core capital elements (including restricted core capital elements), net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. However, under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies are prohibited from including in their Tier 1 capital hybrid debt and equity securities, including trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010. Any such instruments issued before May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company, such as the Company, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, may continue to be included as Tier 1 capital (subject to the 25% limitation). The portion that exceeds the 25 percent capital limitation qualifies as Tier 2, or supplementary capital of the Company. At December 31, 2014, $69.1 million of a total of $90.0 million in capital securities qualified as Tier 1 with $20.9 million qualifying as Tier 2.

Final Capital Rules

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued rules that subject many national banks, including the Bank, to consolidated capital requirements (the “Final Capital Rules”). The Final Capital Rules also revised the quantity and quality of required minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements applicable to the Bank, consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III capital standards. The Final Capital Rules revised the quantity and quality of capital required by (1) establishing a new minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; (2) raising the minimum capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets; (3) maintaining the minimum total capital ratio of 8.0% of risk-weighted assets; and (4) maintaining a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.0%.

Furthermore, the Final Capital Rules added a requirement for a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, or the Conservation Buffer, to be applied to the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the total capital ratio. The required minimum Conservation Buffer will be phased in incrementally between 2016 and 2019. If a bank’s or bank holding company’s Conservation Buffer is less than the required minimum and its net income for the four calendar quarters preceding the applicable calendar quarter, net of any capital distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income, or Eligible Retained Income, is negative, it would be prohibited from making capital distributions or certain discretionary cash bonus payments to executive officers. As a result, under the Final Capital Rules, should the Company fail to maintain the Conservation Buffer, it would be subject to limits on, and in the event the Company has negative Eligible Retained Income for any four consecutive calendar quarters, the Company would be prohibited in, its ability to obtain capital distributions from the Bank.

The chart below sets forth the new regulatory capital levels including the Conservation Buffer, during the applicable transition period:

 

     Regulatory Capital Levels  
     January 1,
2015
    January 1,
2016
    January 1,
2017
    January 1,
2018
    January 1,
2019
 

Tier 1 common equity

     4.5 %     5.125 %     5.75 %     6.375 %     7.0 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     6.0 %     6.625 %     7.25 %     7.875 %     8.5 %

Total risk-based capital ratio

     8.0 %     8.625 %     9.25 %     9.875 %     10.5 %

 

47


Moreover, the Final Capital Rules revised existing and establish new risk weights for certain exposures, including, among other exposures, commercial loans, which generally include commercial real estate loans, past due loans and government sponsored enterprise exposures. Under the Final Capital Rules, pre-sold construction loans have a risk weight of 50%, unless the purchase contract is cancelled, in which case the risk weight is 100%. High-volatility commercial real estate exposures have a risk weight of 150%, preferred stock issued by a government sponsored enterprise has a risk weight of 100% and exposures to government sponsored enterprises that are not equity exposures have a risk weight of 20%.

The new minimum regulatory capital ratios and changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets (each as described above) under the Final Capital Rules became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015. The required minimum Conservation Buffer will be phased in incrementally, starting at 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and increasing to 1.25% on January 1, 2017, 1.875% on January 1, 2018 and 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

The OCC may, in addition, establish higher capital requirements than those set forth in its capital regulations when particular circumstances warrant. Pursuant to this authority, the OCC established an individual minimum capital requirement for the Bank that requires the Bank to maintain a Leverage ratio at least equal to 8.50% of adjusted total assets, a Tier 1 Capital ratio at least equal to 9.50% of risk-weighted assets and a Total Capital ratio at least equal to 11.50% of risk-weighted assets. Under the federal banking laws, failure to meet the minimum regulatory capital requirements could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies available to federal bank regulatory agencies. At December 31, 2014, the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded all of the OCC’s regulatory capital requirements as well as these individual minimum capital requirements.

The Final Capital Rules also revised the “Prompt Corrective Action” regulations of FDICIA. Prior to January 1, 2015, a bank was considered “well capitalized” if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets was at least 10%, its ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets was at least 6%, its ratio of core capital to total assets was at least 5%, and it was not subject to any order or directive by the OCC to meet a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank was within the required ratios for classification as “well capitalized,” although due to the fact that it was subject to the OCC Agreement, it cannot be deemed “well capitalized.” Under the Final Capital Rules, effective January 1, 2015, to be well capitalized, a national bank must maintain a Total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater and a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater and not be subject to any order or directive by the OCC to meet a specific capital level.

Dividends

The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to the Company. All national banks are limited in the payment of dividends without the approval of the OCC of a total amount not to exceed the net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years. Federal law also prohibits national banks from paying dividends that would be greater than the bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the bank’s allowance for loan losses. Due to our net loss position over the last two years, any proposed dividends from the Bank to the Company will be subject to regulatory approval until such time as net income for the current year combined with the prior two years is sufficient. Under FDICIA, an insured depository institution such as the Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the FDICIA). Payment of dividends by the Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the OCC if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Further, pursuant to the terms of the OCC Agreement, the Bank may not pay dividends if it is not in compliance with its approved capital plan or if the effect of the dividend would be to cause the Bank to not be in compliance and, in either event, not without prior OCC approval. The Bank did not seek OCC approval to pay a dividend in 2014.

Volcker Rule.

On December 10, 2013, the Federal Reserve Bank, the OCC, the FDIC, the CFTC and the SEC issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule contained in section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act. While the Dodd-Frank Act provided that banks and bank holding companies were required to conform their activities and investments by July 21, 2014, in connection with issuing the final Volcker Rule, the FRB extended the conformance period until July 21, 2015. The FRB is permitted, by rule or order, to extend the conformance period for one year at a time, for a total of not more than 3 years. On December 18, 2014, the FRB issued an order that further extends until July 21, 2016 the conformance period under the Volcker Rule. The FRB stated in the order that it intends to exercise its authority against next year and grant the final one-year extension in order to permit banks and bank holding companies until July 21, 2017 to conform to the requirements of the Volcker Rule.

The Volcker Rule prohibits an insured depository institution and its affiliates (referred to as “banking entities”) from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain types of funds (“covered funds”) subject to certain limited exceptions. These prohibitions impact the ability of U.S. banking entities to provide investment management products and services that are competitive with nonbanking firms generally and with non-U.S. banking organizations in overseas markets. The rule also effectively prohibits short-term trading strategies by any U.S. banking entity if those strategies involve instruments other than those specifically permitted for trading.

 

48


The final Volcker Rule regulations do provide certain exemptions allowing banking entities to continue underwriting, market-making and hedging activities and trading certain government obligations, as well as various exemptions and exclusions from the definition of “covered funds.” However, the level of required compliance activity depends on the size of the banking entity and the extent of its trading.

On January 14, 2014, the five federal agencies approved an interim final rule to permit banking entities to retain interests in certain collateralized debt obligations backed primarily by trust preferred securities from the investment prohibitions of the Volcker Rule. Under the interim final rule, the agencies permit the retention of an interest in or sponsorship of covered funds by banking entities if certain qualifications are met. In addition, the agencies released a non-exclusive list of issuers that meet the requirements of the interim final rule. At December 31, 2014, the Company had an investment in one pool of trust preferred securities with an amortized cost of $8.8 million and estimated fair value of $6.2 million. This pool was included in the list of non-exclusive issuers that meet the requirements of the interim final rule released by the agencies and therefore was not required to be sold by the Company.

At December 31, 2014, the Bank had 12 collateralized loan obligation securities with an amortized cost of $69.9 million and an estimated fair value of $68.6 million. These securities are subject to the provisions of the Volcker Rule. As a result, the Company will likely be required to divest these investments unless their terms can be modified such that the investments are no longer covered by the Volcker Rule. While there is proposed legislation in Congress regarding the delay to the divestiture requirement for collateralized loan obligations, the outcome of the legislation is unclear at this time. The Company cannot give assurances that the legislation will or will not be enacted. However, based on the Company’s communications with its investment advisors, in the event that the proposed legislation is not enacted, the Company believes these investments can be modified to avoid a required divestiture under the Volcker Rule.

See Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding regulatory matters.

MARKET RISK

Asset and Liability Management. Interest rate, credit and operational risks are among the most significant market risks impacting the performance of the Company. The Company and the Bank have an Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), composed of senior management representatives from a variety of areas within the Company. The Company and the Bank also have an ALCO composed of members of the Company’s and the Bank’s Board of Directors. ALCO devises strategies and tactics to maintain the net interest income of the Company within acceptable ranges over a variety of interest rate scenarios. Should the Company’s risk modeling indicate an undesired exposure to changes in interest rates, there are a number of remedial options available including changing the investment portfolio characteristics, and changing loan and deposit pricing strategies. Two of the tools used in monitoring the Company’s sensitivity to interest rate changes are gap analysis and net interest income simulation.

Gap Analysis. Banks are concerned with the extent to which they are able to match maturities or re-pricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Such matching is facilitated by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are interest-rate sensitive and by monitoring the bank’s interest rate sensitivity gap. Gap analysis measures the volume of interest-earning assets that will mature or re-price within a specific time period, compared to the interest-bearing liabilities maturing or re-pricing within that same time period. On a monthly basis, the Company and the Bank monitor their gap, primarily cumulative through both nine month and one year maturities.

TABLE 4: INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY SCHEDULE

 

     Maturity/Re-pricing Time Periods  

December 31, 2014

   0-3 Months     4-12
Months
    1-5 Years     Over 5
Years
    Total  

Interest-earning assets:

          

FHLB interest- bearing deposits

   $ 233     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 233  

Loans receivable

     721,132       236,340       464,327       139,114       1,560,912  

Investment securities

     124,624       35,316       146,851       105,648       412,438  

Interest-bearing cash

     505,652        —          —          —          505,652   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

  1,351,641     271,655     611,177     244,762     2,479,235  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Interest-bearing & non-interest demand deposits

  365,753     154,371     348,109     92,818     961,051  

Savings deposits

  71,855     35,459     85,912     53,697     246,923  

Time certificates

  102,316     229,240     156,904     867     489,327  

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

  32     99     25,655     35,000     60,786  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  1,156     —        —        —        1,156  

Guaranteed interest in Company’s subordinated debt

  93,277     (20   (104   (367   92,786  

Other Borrowings

  77     261     1,798     4,899      7,035  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  634,466     419,409     618,275     186,914     1,859,064  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Periodic gap

$ 717,175   $ (147,754 $ (7,098 ) $ 57,848    $ 620,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative gap

$ 717,175   $ 569,421   $ 562,323   $ 620,171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cumulative gap as a % of total assets

  26.39   20.95   20.69   22.82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

49


At December 31, 2014, the Company’s gap analysis showed an asset-sensitive position with total interest-bearing assets maturing or re-pricing within one year, exceeding interest-earning liabilities maturing or re-pricing during the same time period by $569.4 million, representing a positive one-year gap ratio of 20.95%. All amounts are categorized by their actual maturity, anticipated call or re-pricing date with the exception of interest-bearing demand deposits and savings deposits. Though the rates on interest-bearing demand and savings deposits generally trend with open market rates, they often do not fully adjust to open market rates and frequently adjust with a time lag. As a result of prior experience during periods of rate volatility and management’s estimate of future rate sensitivities, the Company allocates the interest-bearing demand deposits and savings deposits based on an estimated duration for those deposits.

Net Interest Income Simulation. Due to the inherent limitations of gap analysis, the Company also uses simulation models to measure the impact of changing interest rates on its operations. The simulation model attempts to capture the cash flow and re-pricing characteristics of the current assets and liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet. Assumptions regarding such things as prepayments and rate change behaviors are incorporated into the simulation model. Net interest income is simulated over a 12-month horizon under a variety of linear yield curve shifts, subject to certain limits agreed to by ALCO.

Net interest income simulation analysis at December 31, 2014 shows a position that is asset sensitive and will benefit from a rise in interest rates. A large factor causing this asset sensitive position is the high levels of cash on the Company’s balance sheet, which the Company intends to strategically deploy in 2015. After this excess liquidity is deployed, the Company expects that its interest rate risk profile will be more neutral. The net income simulation results are impacted by high cash levels, an expected continuation of deposit pricing competition which may limit deposit pricing flexibility in both increasing and decreasing rate environments, floating-rate loan floors initially limiting loan rate increases and a relatively short liability maturity structure including retail certificates of deposits.

Actual results may differ from the simulated results due to such factors as the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, changes in market conditions, management strategies and differences in actual versus forecasted balance sheet composition and activity. Table 5 provides the Company’s estimated earnings sensitivity profile versus the most likely rate forecast as of December 31, 2014. The Company anticipates that strong deposit pricing competition will continue to limit deposit pricing flexibility in an increasing and a decreasing rate environment.

TABLE 5: SENSITIVITY PROFILE

 

Change in Interest Rates

(Basis Points)

   Percentage Change in
Net Interest Income
Year 1
 
+300      13.2
+200      8.7
+100      4.2
 -100      -2.4
 -200      -3.2
 -300      -4.1

Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments to enhance its ability to manage interest rate risk that exists as part of its ongoing business operations. In general, the derivative transactions entered into by the Company fall into one of two types: a fair value hedge of a specific fixed-rate loan agreement and an economic hedge of a derivative offering to a Bank customer. Derivative financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market and credit risk. The Company manages these risks as part of its asset and liability management process and through credit policies and procedures. The Company seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk by establishing credit limits and collateral agreements. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. For more information on the Company’s financial derivative instruments, please see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments. Purchase obligations include significant contractual cash obligations. Table 6 provides the Company’s contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2014. Included in Table 6 are the minimum contractual obligations under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. The majority of these amounts are primarily for services, including core processing systems and telecommunications maintenance.

 

50


TABLE 6: CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

            Payments Due by Period  

December 31, 2014

   Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     After 5 Years  

Time deposits (1)

   $ 457,909       $ 302,941      $ 141,933      $ 8,704      $ 4,331  

Long-term debt

     60,787         —          —          787        60,000  

Capital Leases

     10,296         797        1,678         1,678         6,143  

Operating Leases

     26,433         4,842        8,697        4,944        7,950   

Purchase obligations (off-balance sheet)

     13,415         8,432        4,799        184        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

$ 568,840    $ 317,012   $ 157,107   $ 16,297   $ 78,425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  Amount represents the book value of time deposits, including brokered time deposits.

The Company maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, which is reported in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, consistent with FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments. As of the balance sheet date, the Company records estimated losses inherent with unfunded loan commitments in accordance with FASB ASC 450, Contingencies, and estimated future obligations under letters of credit in accordance with FASB ASC 460, Guarantees. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is integrated in the Company’s process for establishing the allowance for loan losses and considers the probability of future losses and obligations that may be incurred under these off-balance sheet agreements. The reserve for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was $603 thousand and $454 thousand, respectively. Management believes this reserve level is sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to these commitments.

Table 7 provides the Company’s off balance sheet commitments (see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information) at December 31, 2014.

TABLE 7: OFF BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

 

            Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period  

December 31, 2014

   Unfunded
Commitments
     Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     After 5
Years
 

Lines of credit

   $ 335,061      $ 325,760      $ 2,280      $ 4,562      $ 2,460  

Commercial standby letters of credit

     17,451        17,440        11        —          —    

Construction funding

     37,657        37,657        —          —          —    

Other commitments

     11,943         11,943        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total off balance sheet commitments

$ 402,111   $ 392,798   $ 2,291   $ 4,562   $ 2,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. In the event of a draw by the beneficiary that complies with the terms of the letter of credit, the Company would be required to honor the commitment. The Company takes various forms of collateral, such as real estate assets and customer business assets, to secure the commitment. Additionally, all letters of credit are supported by indemnification agreements executed by the customer. The maximum undiscounted exposure related to these commitments at December 31, 2014 was $17.5 million and the portion of the exposure not covered by collateral was approximately $430 thousand. We believe that the utilization rate of these letters of credit will continue to be substantially less than the amount of these commitments, as has been our experience to date.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices. The consolidated financial statements of the Company and notes thereto, presented elsewhere herein, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the measurement of financial condition and operating results without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time and due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the Company’s operations. Nearly all the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Company’s performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Consistent with its restructuring plan and capital plan, the Company has been managing a decline in its balance sheet. The Company’s assets were $2.72 billion at December 31, 2014 compared to $3.09 billion at December 31, 2013. Gross loans receivable and loans held-for-sale decreased $642.4 million, or 29.8%, to $1.52 billion at December 31, 2014 as compared to $2.16 billion at December 31, 2013. The investment portfolio decreased $47.8 million, or 10.5%, to $410.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $457.8 million at December 31, 2013. Deposits decreased $530.0 million, or 20.2%, to $2.09 billion at December 31, 2014 as compared to $2.62 billion at December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents increased by $281.6 million, or 104.8%, to $548.4 million at December 31, 2014 as compared to $267.8 million at December 31, 2013. Borrowings increased $213 thousand, or 0.3%, to $69.0 million at December 31, 2014.

Loans. Gross loans held-for-investment decreased $625.9 million from the prior year end to $1.51 billion at December 31, 2014. Commercial loans decreased $534.6 million due primarily to commercial loan paydowns generated from workout strategies and the sale of $95.9 million of book balance of classified commercial loans. The Company’s home equity portfolio, which includes home equity term

 

51


loans, decreased $39.6 million from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. Additionally, residential mortgages decreased $28.6 million, or 9.3%, from the prior year to $277.0 million as of December 31, 2014 due to paydowns as well as the sale of $58.8 million of residential mortgage loans from the portfolio. Loans held-for-sale declined by $16.6 million, or 80.2% from $20.7 million at December 31, 2013 to $4.1 million at December 31, 2014 due to the Company’s exit from the residential mortgage banking business. At December 31, 2014, loans held-for-sale consists primarily of non-performing consumer loans identified for sale out of the portfolio.

During 2014, the Company concentrated on significantly reducing the level of problem loans in its portfolio as well as exiting certain business lines, such as asset-based lending, health care lending and syndicated lending. This occurred through both loan sales to individual investors and strategic exits from certain relationships. Loan production was slow during the majority of the year due to this initiative, the competitive lending environment and the Company maintaining a very selective approach to originating new loan relationships. The Company expects to see loan growth in 2015, especially in the northern parts of New Jersey and Manhattan. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have more than 10% of its total loans outstanding concentrated in any one industry category, including, but not limited to, the hospitality, entertainment and leisure industries, and general office space. The loan categories are based upon borrowers engaged in similar activities who would be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions.

Table 8 provides selected data relating to the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio by type of loan and type of collateral at December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

TABLE 8: SUMMARY OF LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

December 31,

  2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
    Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %  

Type of Loan:

                   

Commercial

  $ 1,052,932        70.81   $ 1,587,566        75.52   $ 1,725,567       77.37   $ 1,878,026       83.49   $ 2,103,492       86.22

Home equity lines of credit

    156,926        10.55        188,478        8.97       207,720       9.31       224,517       9.98       239,729       9.83  

Home equity term loans

    17,239        1.16        25,279        1.20       30,842       1.38       41,470       1.84       53,912       2.21  

Residential real estate

    276,993        18.63        305,552        14.54       273,413       12.26       100,438       4.47       65,250       2.67  

Other

    6,054        0.41        30,829        1.47       38,618       1.74       46,671       2.07       58,963       2.42  

Less: Loan loss allowance

    (23,246     (1.56     (35,537     (1.69     (45,873     (2.06     (41,667     (1.85     (81,713     (3.35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans receivable

  $ 1,486,898        100.0   $ 2,102,167        100.0   $ 2,230,287       100.0   $ 2,249,455       100.0   $ 2,439,633       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Type of Collateral:

                   

Residential real estate:

                   

1-4 family

  $ 493,518        33.19   $ 545,836        25.98   $ 543,439       24.37   $ 405,914       18.04   $ 412,664       16.92

Other

    50,321        3.38        47,974        2.28       19,425       0.87       15,127       0.67       19,835       0.81  

Construction and land development:

                   

1-4 family

    11,271        0.76        16,255        0.77       6,438       0.29       15,807       0.70       28,816       1.18  

Other

    58,731        3.95        50,311        2.39       50,753       2.28       82,116       3.65       147,909       6.06  

Commercial real estate

    688,775        46.32        998,867        47.52       1,096,982       49.19       1,226,349       54.52       1,385,210       56.78  

Commercial business loans

    206,466        13.89        447,921        21.31       522,202       23.41       500,301       22.24       466,870       19.14  

Consumer

    1,062        .007        24,990        1.19       30,536       1.37       37,087       1.65       43,835       1.80  

Other

    —          —          5,550        0.25       6,385       0.28       8,421       0.37       16,207       0.66  

Less: Loan loss allowance

    (23,246     (1.56     (35,537     (1.69     (45,873     (2.06     (41,667     (1.85     (81,713     (3.35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans receivable

  $ 1,486,898        100.0   $ 2,102,167        100.0   $ 2,230,287       100.0   $ 2,249,455       100.0   $ 2,439,633       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Many of the Company’s commercial loans have a real estate component as part of the collateral securing the loan. Additionally, the Company makes commercial real estate loans for the acquisition, refinance, improvement and construction of real property. Loans secured by owner occupied properties are dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. If the operating company experiences difficulties in terms of sales volume and/or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans secured by properties where repayment is dependent upon payment of rent by third-party tenants or the sale of the property may be impacted by loss of tenants, lower lease rates needed to attract new tenants or the inability to sell a completed project in a timely fashion and at a profit. At December 31, 2014, commercial loans secured by commercial real estate properties totaled $740.3 million, of which $278.7 million, or 37.7%, were classified as owner occupied and $461.6 million, or 62.3%, were classified as non-owner occupied. Management considers these loans to be well diversified across multiple industries.

The Company’s home equity loan portfolio, including home equity term loans, represents 11.7% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2014. The home equity loan portfolio decreased $39.6 million, or 18.5%, from December 31, 2013 due to loan sales and paydowns. At December 31, 2014, residential real estate loans represent 18.6% of total loans outstanding and are the largest component of the Company’s non-commercial portfolio. The residential loan portfolio decreased $28.6 million, or 8.7%, from December 31, 2013, mainly driven by loan sale activity of $21.9 million in carrying value.

 

52


Table 9 provides the estimated maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2014. The table does not include potential prepayments or scheduled principal payments. Adjustable-rate mortgage loans are shown based on contractual maturities.

TABLE 9: ESTIMATED MATURITY OF LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

December 31, 2013

   Due Within
1 Year
     Due After
1 Through
5 Years
     Due After
5 Years
     Allowance for
Loan Loss
     Total  

Commercial

   $ 180,724      $ 548,452      $ 323,756      $ 19,173       $ 1,033,759  

Home equity (1)

     1,127        3,169        169,869        1,688         172,477  

Residential real estate

     17        48        276,928        2,012         274,981   

Other

     2,822        1,077        2,155        373         5,681  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 184,689   $ 552,746   $ 772,708   $ 23,246    $ 1,486,898  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount includes both home equity lines of credit and term loans.

Table 10 provides the dollar amount of all loans due one year or more after December 31, 2014, which have pre-determined interest rates and which have floating or adjustable interest rates.

TABLE 10: LOANS GREATER THAN 12 MONTHS

 

December 31, 2014

   Fixed-Rates      Floating or
Adjustable
Rates
     Total  

Commercial

   $ 318,829       $ 553,379       $ 872,208  

Home equity (1)

     17,087         155,951         173,038  

Residential real estate

     157,670         119,306         276,976  

Other

     1,370         1,862         3,232  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 494,957    $ 830,497    $ 1,325,454  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount includes both home equity lines of credit and term loans.

See Notes 5 and 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loans.

Non-Performing and Problem Assets

Loan Delinquencies. The Company’s collection procedures provide for a late charge assessment after a commercial loan is 10 days past due, or a residential mortgage loan is 15 days past due. The Company contacts the borrower and payment is requested. If the delinquency continues, subsequent efforts are made to contact the borrower. If the loan continues to be delinquent for 90 days or more, the Company usually declares the loan to be in default and payment in full is demanded. The Company will initiate collection and foreclosure proceedings and steps will be taken to liquidate any collateral taken as security for the loan unless other repayment arrangements are made. Delinquent loans are reviewed on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the lending policy.

Interest accruals are generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days past due or when collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. When interest accruals are discontinued, interest credited to income in the current year is reversed, and interest accrued in the prior year is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Generally, commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are charged-off no later than 180 days delinquent, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection or other extenuating circumstances support collection. Residential real estate loans are typically placed on non-accrual at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent. Other consumer loans are typically charged-off at 180 days delinquent. In all cases, loans must be placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

Non-Performing Assets. Total non-performing assets decreased $24.8 million from $40.5 million at December 31, 2013 to $15.7 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease was primarily a result of a decrease in non-accrual loans of $22.8 million due primarily to the commercial and consumer loan sales in 2014. The remaining reduction resulted from aggressive workout strategies implemented in 2014. Commercial non-accrual loans held-for-investment were $3.7 million at December 31, 2014. Interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2014, under the original terms of such loans, would have totaled approximately $556 thousand for 2014.

 

53


Table 11 provides a summary of non-performing assets at December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

TABLE 11: SUMMARY OF NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

 

December 31,

   2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Non-performing loans:

          

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

          

Commercial

   $ 3,423      $ 20,893      $ 53,315      $ 81,041      $ 148,517   

Commercial, held-for-sale

     289        —          10,224        —          —     

Home equity lines of credit

     1,348        3,749        3,714        3,620        4,616   

Home equity lines of credit, held-for-sale

     1,228        —          —          —          —     

Home equity term loans

     407        1,240        1,226        1,246        1,134   

Home equity term loans, held-for-sale

     286        —          —          —          —     

Residential real estate

     5,117        3,341        5,747        2,522        4,243   

Residential real estate, held-for-sale

     2,280        —          —          —          —     

Other

     432        591        658        1,227        916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accruing loans

  14,810      29,814      74,884      89,656      159,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TDR, non-accruing

  318      8,163      18,244      17,875      11,796   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TDR, non-accruing, held-for-sale

  —        —        2,499      —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more:

Commercial

  —        —        —        138      1,167   

Home equity lines of credit

  —        —        —        —        379   

Home equity term loans

  —        —        —        —        —     

Residential real estate

  —        —        —        —        72   

Other

  —        —        —        16      936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans 90-days past due

  —        —        —        154      2,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

  15,128      37,977      95,627      107,685      173,776   

Real estate owned

  522      2,503      7,473      5,020      3,913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

$ 15,650    $ 40,480    $ 103,100    $ 112,705    $ 177,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-for-investment non-performing loans to gross loans held-for-investment

  0.73   1.78   4.20   4.70   6.85

Total non-performing assets to total gross loans held-for-investment, loans held-for-sale and real estate owned

  1.03   1.87   4.29   4.86   7.00

Total allowance for loan losses to total held-for-investment non-performing loans

  210   94   48   39   47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Potential Problem Loans. At December 31, 2014, there were three loan relationships aggregating $2.3 million for which known information exists that causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms. The classification of these loans, however, does not imply that management expects losses, but that it believes a higher level of scrutiny is prudent under the circumstances. These loans were not classified as non-accrual and were not considered non-performing. Depending upon the state of the economy, future events and their impact on these borrowers, these loans and others not currently so identified could be classified as non-performing assets in the future. At December 31, 2014, these loans were current and well collateralized.

Real Estate Owned. Real estate acquired by the Company as a result of foreclosure or deed in lieu and bank property that is not in use is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold. The property acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu is carried at the lower of cost or fair value of the property based on a current appraisal less estimated cost to dispose. Losses arising from foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Bank property is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to dispose. Costs to maintain real estate owned and any subsequent gains or losses are included in the Company’s results of operations. Table 12 provides a summary of real estate owned at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

TABLE 12: SUMMARY OF REAL ESTATE OWNED

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Commercial properties

   $ 90       $ 1,227   

Residential properties

     54         1,276   

Bank properties

     378         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 522    $ 2,503   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

54


Table 13 provides a summary of real estate owned activity for the year ended December 31, 2014.

TABLE 13: SUMMARY OF REAL ESTATE OWNED ACTIVITY

 

     Underlying Property         

At or for year-ended December 31, 2014

   Commercial      Residential      Bank      Total  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 1,227      $ 1,276      $ —         $ 2,503  

Transfers into real estate owned

     —          567        378         945  

Sale of real estate owned

     (373      (1,722      —           (2,095

Write down of real estate owned

     (764      (67      —           (831
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

$ 90   $ 54   $ 378    $ 522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real estate owned decreased $2.0 million to $522 thousand at December 31, 2014 as compared to December 31, 2013. During 2014, the Company transferred $945 thousand in book value of loans into real estate owned, including four residential properties for $567 thousand and one former bank branch office for $378 thousand. In 2014, the Company recorded $831 thousand of write-downs of real estate owned, including $763 thousand on the carrying value of one commercial property, and $67 thousand on one residential property. There was one commercial property, and sixteen residential properties, with carrying amounts of $374 thousand, and $1.7 million, respectively, sold during the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting in a net loss of $541 thousand, which is included in real estate owned expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on real estate owned.

Allowances for Losses on Loans. The Company’s allowance for losses on loans was $23.2 million, or 1.54% of gross loans held-for-investment, at December 31, 2014 compared to $35.5 million, or 1.66% of gross loans held-for-investment, at December 31, 2013. The provision for loan losses was $14.8 million for 2014, $1.1 million for 2013 and $57.2 million for 2012. The increase in the provision for loan losses in 2014 is due to higher net charge-offs driven by sales of classified loans. Net charge-offs were $27.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Across the commercial and consumer loan portfolio, the Company continues to closely monitor areas of weakness and take expedient and appropriate action as necessary to ensure adequate reserves are in place to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

The increase in 2014 net charge-offs resulted in an increase in net charge-offs to average outstanding loans to 1.42% for 2014 as compared to 0.51% for 2013 and 2.29% for 2012. Non-performing loans decreased $22.8 million to $15.1 million at December 31, 2014 as compared to $38.0 million at December 31, 2013 as a result of continued workout success, payoffs and sales of primarily non-performing classified loans. During 2014, the Company did not enter into any troubled debt restructuring agreements (“TDR”).

Table 14 provides information with respect to changes in the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

TABLE 14: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

At or for the Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year

   $ 35,537      $ 45,873     $ 41,667     $ 81,713     $ 59,953  

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial

     (20,056     (21,090     (51,265     (112,108     (74,014

Home equity lines of credit

     (3,928     (1,488     (2,222     (3,038     (3,435

Home equity term loans

     (640     (158     (267     (299     (761

Residential real estate

     (3,124     (409     (249     (1,064 )     (1,085 )

Other

     (3,332     (878     (1,610     (1,303     (1,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

  (31,080   (24,023   (55,613   (117,812   (80,802
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

Commercial

  3,045      11,747     1,950     2,459     482  

Home equity lines of credit

  318      454     422     60     60  

Home equity term loans

  83      34     28     28     26  

Residential real estate

  198      15     14     43     199  

Other

  342      290     190     523     277  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

  3,986      12,540     2,604     3,113     1,044  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

  (27,094   (11,483   (53,009   (114,699   (79,758

Provision for loan losses

  14,803      1,147     57,215     74,266     101,518  

Reserves transferred

  —        —        —        387      —     

Allowance for loan losses, end of year

$ 23,246    $ 35,537   $ 45,873   $ 41,667   $ 81,713  

Net loans charged-off as a percent of average loans outstanding

  1.42   0.51   2.29   4.83   2.95

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total gross loans outstanding

  1.54   1.66   2.02   1.80   3.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table 15 provides the allocation of the Company’s allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to loans receivable at December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010. The portion of the allowance for loan losses allocated to each loan category does not represent the total available for future losses that may occur within the loan category since the allowance for loan losses is a valuation reserve applicable to the entire loan portfolio.

TABLE 15: ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

December 31,

   2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %  

Allowance for loan losses:

                         

Commercial

   $ 19,173         82.48   $ 27,828        78.31   $ 33,197        72.37   $ 34,227        82.14   $ 76,759        82.97

Residential real estate

     2,012         8.66       2,898        8.15        3,333        7.27        903        2.17       661        3.12  

Home equity(1)

     1,688         7.26       3,375        9.50        2,734        5.96        2,566        6.16       3,084        11.58  

Other

     373         1.60       1,436         4.04        6,609         14.41        3,971        9.53       1,209        2.33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

$ 23,246      100.0 $ 35,537     100.0 $ 45,873     100.0 $ 41,667     100.0 $ 81,713     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  Amount includes both home equity term loans and lines of credit.

See Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the allowance for loan losses.

Investment Securities. Investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity decreased $45.8 million, or 10.4%, from $440.8 million at December 31, 2013 to $395.0 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease was primarily the result of principal paydowns. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s investment impairment review did not identify any credit related losses. During 2011, the Company realized OTTI charges of $250 thousand on a single issuer trust preferred security with a par value of $5.0 million. The cumulative OTTI on the single issuer trust preferred security is $1.2 million at December 31, 2014. The estimated average life of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2014 was 4.1 years with an estimated modified duration of 2.5 years. The reinvestment strategy for 2015 is expected to increase the portfolio size as the Company continues to redeploy its excess cash and maintain the average life and duration at approximately the same levels as December 31, 2014.

The Company’s investment policy is established by senior management and approved by the Board of Directors. It is based on asset and liability management goals, and is designed to provide a portfolio of high quality investments that optimizes interest income within acceptable limits of risk and liquidity.

Table 16 provides the estimated fair value and amortized cost of the Company’s portfolio of investment securities at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012. For all debt securities classified as available for sale, the carrying value is the estimated fair value.

TABLE 16: SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

December 31,

  2014     2013     2012  
    Amortized
Cost
    Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
    Estimated
Fair

Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
    Estimated
Fair

Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
    Estimated
Fair

Value
 

Available for sale:

                 

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 2,499      $ 4      $ 2,503      $ 2,496      $ 4      $ 2,500     $ 9,998     $ 13     $ 10,011  

U.S. Government agency securities

    4,973        (187     4,786        4,969        (562     4,407       4,966       (17 )     4,949  

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

    263,215        1,941        265,156        325,316        (7,252     318,064       348,854       6,124        354,978  

Other mortgage-backed securities

    265        —          265        277        16        293       287       (1     286  

State and municipal securities

    28,981        1,941        30,922        29,240        1,213        30,453       36,848       3,322        40,170  

Trust preferred securities

    12,014        (2,604     9,410        12,626        (4,659     7,967       12,622       (6,740     5,882  

Collateralized loan obligations

    69,931        (1,328     68,603        73,915        (686     73,229        —          —          —     

Corporate bonds

    —          —          —          —          —          —          24,449        993        25,442   

Other securities

    12,855        —          12,855        3,184        —          3,184       1,464       —         1,464  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale investment securities

$ 394,733    $ (233 $ 394,500    $ 452,023    $ (11,926 $ 440,097   $ 439,488   $ 3,694    $ 443,182  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

$ 239    $ 12    $ 251    $ 431    $ 11    $ 442   $ 662   $ 48   $ 710  

Other securities

  250      —        250      250      —        250     250     —       250  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held to maturity investment securities

$ 489    $ 12    $ 501    $ 681    $ 11    $ 692   $ 912   $ 48   $ 960  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

56


Table 17 provides the gross unrealized losses and fair value at December 31, 2014, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.

TABLE 17: ANALYSIS OF GROSS UNREALIZED LOSSES BY INVESTMENT CATEGORY

 

     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

December 31, 2014

   Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Government agency securities

   $ —         $ —        $ 4,786       $ (187   $ 4,786       $ (187

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

     7,801         (35     33,453        (1,016     41,254        (1,051

Trust preferred securities

     —           —         9,410        (2,604     9,410        (2,604

Collateralized loan obligations

     23,710         (256 )     44,894        (1,072     68,604        (1,328
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 31,511    $ (291 $ 92,543   $ (4,879 $ 124,054   $ (5,170
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company determines whether the unrealized losses are temporary in accordance with FASB ASC 325, Investments-Other and FASB ASC 320, Investments-Debt and Equity Securities. The evaluation is based upon factors such as the creditworthiness of the underlying borrowers, performance of the underlying collateral, if applicable, and the level of credit support in the security structure. Management also evaluates other facts and circumstances that may be indicative of an OTTI condition. This includes, but is not limited to, an evaluation of the type of security, length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, and near-term prospects of the issuer.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company reviewed its unrealized losses on securities to determine whether such losses were considered to be OTTI. As previously discussed, this review indicated no such unrealized losses were due to deterioration in credit of the underlying securities.

U.S. Government Agency Securities. At December 31, 2014, the gross unrealized loss in the category of 12 months or longer of $187 thousand consisted of one agency security with an estimated fair value of $4.8 million issued and guaranteed by a U.S. Government sponsored agency. The Company monitors certain factors such as market rates and possible credit deterioration to determine if an OTTI exists. As of December 31, 2014, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on the aforementioned security based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend nor will it be required to sell the security, before its recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of this security.

U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities - At December 31, 2014, the gross unrealized loss in the category of less than 12 months of $35 thousand consisted of two mortgage-backed securities with an estimated fair value of $7.8 million issued and guaranteed by a U.S. Government sponsored agency. The gross unrealized loss in the category of 12 months or longer of $1.0 million consisted of six mortgage-backed securities with an estimated fair value of $33.5 million, issued and guaranteed by a U.S. Government sponsored agency. The Company monitors key credit metrics such as market rates and possible credit deterioration to determine if an OTTI exists. As of December 31, 2014, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on any of the aforementioned securities based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend nor will it be required to sell the securities, before their recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

Collateralized Loan Obligations At December 31, 2014, the gross unrealized loss in the category of 12 months or longer of $1.1 million consisted of three AAA and five AA rated collateralized loan obligation securities with an estimated fair value of $44.9 million. The gross unrealized loss in the category of less than 12 months of $256 thousand consisted of three AAA and one AA rated

 

57


collateralized loan obligation securities with an estimated fair value of $23.7 million. The Company monitors key credit metrics such as delinquencies, defaults, cumulative losses and credit support levels to determine if an OTTI exists. As of December 31, 2014, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on any aforementioned securities based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend nor will it be required to sell the securities, before their recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

Trust Preferred Securities - At December 31, 2014, the gross unrealized loss in the category of 12 months or longer of $2.6 million consisted of two trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities are comprised of one non-rated single issuer security with an amortized cost and estimated fair value of $3.2 million and one investment grade rated pooled security with an amortized cost of $8.8 million and estimated fair value of $6.2 million.

For the pooled security, the Company monitors each issuer in the collateral pool with respect to financial performance using data from the issuer’s most recent regulatory reports as well as information on issuer deferrals and defaults. Also, the security structure is monitored with respect to collateral coverage and current levels of subordination. Expected future cash flows are projected assuming additional defaults and deferrals based on the performance of the collateral pool. The investment grade pooled security is in a senior position in the capital structure. The security had a 3.3 times principal coverage. As of the most recent reporting date, interest has been paid in accordance with the terms of the security. The Company reviews projected cash flow analysis for adverse changes in the present value of projected future cash flows that may result in an other-than-temporary credit impairment to be recognized through earnings. The most recent valuations assumed no recovery on any defaulted collateral, no recovery on any deferring collateral and an additional 3.6% of defaults or deferrals every three years with no recovery rate. As of December 31, 2014, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on the aforementioned security based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend to sell the security, and that it is not more likely than not it will be required to sell the security, before its recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of this security.

At December 31, 2014, the book value of the non-rated single issuer trust preferred security approximates fair value. The financial performance of the non-rated single issuer trust preferred security is monitored on a quarterly basis using data from the issuer’s most recent regulatory reports to assess the probability of cash flow impairment. Expected future cash flows are projected by incorporating the contractual cash flow of the security adjusted, if necessary, for potential changes in the amount or timing of cash flows due to the underlying creditworthiness of the issuer and covenants in the security.

In August 2009, the issuer of the non-rated single issuer trust preferred security elected to defer its normal quarterly dividend payment. As contractually permitted, the issuer may defer dividend payments up to five years with accumulated dividends, and interest on those deferred dividends, payable upon the resumption of its scheduled dividend payments. The issuer is currently operating under an agreement with its regulators. The agreement stipulates that the issuer must receive permission from its regulators prior to resuming its scheduled dividend payments. In September 2014, the deferred dividends of $590 thousand were paid by the issuer. As this security is still deemed to be in non-performing status, this payment and a quarterly dividend payment of $25 thousand in December 2014 were recorded as a reduction of outstanding principal for this security.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company did not record an OTTI credit-related charge related to this single issuer trust preferred security. Based on the Company’s most recent evaluation, the Company does not expect the issuer to default on the security based primarily on the issuer’s subsidiary bank reporting that it meets the minimum regulatory requirements to be considered a “well capitalized” institution. The Company recognizes the difficult economic environment and some weakened performance measures, while recently improving, increases the probability that a full recovery of principal may not be realized. The cumulative OTTI on this security as of December 31, 2014 was $1.2 million. Based upon the current capital position of the issuer, recent improvements in the financial performance of the issuer and the fact that the book value of the security approximates fair value, the Company concluded that an additional impairment charge was not warranted at December 31, 2014.

Expected maturities of individual securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Table 18 provides an estimated maturity summary with the carrying values and weighted average yields on the Company’s portfolio of investment securities at December 31, 2014. The investment securities are presented in the table based on current prepayment assumptions. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been calculated on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

58


TABLE 18: MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

     1 Year or Less     1 to 5 Years     5 to 10 Years     More than 10
Years
    Total  

December 31, 2014

   Carrying
Value
     Yield     Carrying
Value
     Yield     Carrying
Value
     Yield     Carrying
Value
     Yield     Carrying
Value
     Yield  

Available for sale:

                         

U.S. Treasury securities

     2,503         0.35        —          —          —          —          —          —          2,503        0.35   

U.S. Government agency securities

     —           —         —          —         4,786        2.08       —          —         4,786        2.08  

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           —         4,446        2.55       33,107        2.11       227,603        2.13       265,156        2.13  

Other mortgage-backed securities

     —           —         —          —         —          —         265        2.62       265        2.62  

State and municipal securities

     —           —         992        4.24       14,156        4.15       15,774        4.30       30,922        4.23  

Trust preferred securities

     —           —          —           —          —           —          9,410         1.13        9,410         1.13   

Collateralized loan obligations

     —           —          —           —          6,764         2.23        61,839         1.70        68,603         1.75   

Other securities

     12,607         4.50       248        0.60       —          —         —          —         12,855        4.42  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale investment securities

$ 15,110      3.81 $ 5,686     2.76 $ 58,813     2.61 $ 314,891     2.12 $ 394,500     2.27
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

$ —       —      $ 239     3.94    $ —        —      $ —       —      $ 239      3.94   

Other mortgage-backed securities

  —       —       250     0.58     —       —       —        —       250      0.58  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held to maturity investment securities

$ —       —   $ 489     2.22 $ —        —   $ —        —   $ 489      2.22
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on investment securities.

Restricted Equity Investments. During 2014, restricted equity investments decreased $2.1 million to $15.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $17.0 million at December 31, 2013. The Company, through the Bank, is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank, FHLBNY and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank, and is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of each. The FRB, FHLBNY and the Atlantic Central Bankers Bank stock are restricted in that they can only be redeemed by the issuer at par value. These securities are carried at cost and the Company did not identify any events or changes in circumstances that may have had an adverse effect on the value of the investment in accordance with FASB ASC 942, Financial Services - Depository and Lending. As of December 31, 2014, management does not believe that an OTTI of these holdings exists and expects to recover the entire cost of these securities.

Bank Owned Life Insurance. During 2014, bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) increased $1.9 million to $79.1 million at December 31, 2014. Of the $79.1 million BOLI cash surrender value, the Company had $27.0 million invested in a general account and $52.1 million in a separate account at December 31, 2014. The BOLI separate account is invested in a mortgage-backed securities fund, which is managed by an independent investment firm. Pricing volatility of these underlying investments may have an impact on investment income; however, these fluctuations would be partially mitigated by a stable value wrap agreement which is a component of the separate account. While generally protected by the stable value wrap, significant declines in fair value may result in charges in future periods for values outside the wrap coverage.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents increased $280.7 million to $548.4 million at December 31, 2014 from $267.8 million at December 31, 2013. This increase is primarily due to an increase in interest earning bank balances as a result of the sale of commercial real estate loans, commercial loan pay downs generated from workout strategies and the sales of residential mortgage loans out of the portfolio. The Company plans to begin to strategically redeploy this excess cash in 2015.

Goodwill. The goodwill balance was $38.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013. See the Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates section for additional detail.

Deferred Taxes, net. Deferred taxes, net, changed $6.1 million from a net deferred tax asset of $4.6 million at December 31, 2013 to a net deferred tax liability of $1.5 million at December 31, 2014 due to a decrease in the net unrealized losses on investment securities resulting from overall market rate improvement throughout 2014 as well as the impact of deferred taxes owed on indefinite-lived assets. The Company maintains a valuation allowance of $132.6 million against the remaining portion of the gross deferred tax asset as the Company is a three-year cumulative loss company and it is more likely than not that the full deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Deposits. Deposits at December 31, 2014 totaled $2.1 billion, a decrease of $529.7 million, or 20.2%, from December 31, 2013. This decrease was due to a planned reduction in government deposits as well as the transfer of $183.4 million of deposits to held-for-sale as a result of the pending sale of seven branch locations to Sturdy Savings Bank. Core deposits, which exclude all certificates of deposit, decreased $372.9 million to $1.63 billion, or 78.1% of total deposits, at December 31, 2014 as compared to $2.01 billion, or 76.6% of total deposits, at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, the Company had 57 locations primarily throughout New Jersey, including 47 branch offices. The Bank has entered into an agreement with Sturdy Savings Bank with respect to the sale of seven of the Bank’s branch location that is expected to close in the first quarter of 2015. In addition, a total of three branch offices were consolidated in 2014. The Bank contemplates further reduction of its branch network to between 30 and 35 locations, through a combination of consolidations and/or sales. However, it has not entered into any agreements nor submitted any notice to its regulator with respect to any location at this time.

 

59


Table 19 provides a summary of deposits at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.

TABLE 19: SUMMARY OF DEPOSITS

 

December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  

Demand deposits

   $ 1,409,978      $ 1,740,298      $ 1,751,183  

Savings deposits

     224,017        266,573        264,155  

Time deposits under $100,000

     231,111        300,315        323,768  

Time deposits $100,000 or more

     150,977        206,455        256,725  

Brokered time deposits

     75,821        107,930        117,393  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 2,091,904   $ 2,621,571   $ 2,713,224  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer and commercial deposits are attracted principally from within the Company’s primary market area through a wide complement of deposit products that include checking, savings, money market, certificates of deposits and individual retirement accounts. The Company continues to operate with a core deposit relationship strategy that values the importance of building a long-term stable relationship with each and every customer. The relationship pricing strategy rewards customers that establish core accounts and maintain a certain minimum threshold account balance. Management regularly meets to evaluate internal cost of funds, to analyze the competition, to review the Company’s cash flow requirements for lending and liquidity, and executes any appropriate pricing changes when necessary.

Table 20 provides the distribution of total deposits between core and non-core at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.

TABLE 20: DISTRIBUTION OF DEPOSITS

 

December 31,

   2014     2013     2012  
     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %  

Core deposits (1)

   $ 1,633,995         78.11   $ 2,006,871         76.55   $ 2,015,338         74.28

Non-core deposits

     457,909         21.89        614,700         23.45       697,886         25.72  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

$ 2,091,904      100.0 $ 2,621,571      100.0 $ 2,713,224      100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Core deposits are calculated by excluding time deposits and brokered deposits from total deposits.

Table 21 provides a summary of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by remaining maturity at December 31, 2014.

TABLE 21: CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT OF $100,000 OR MORE

 

December 31, 2014

   Amount  

Three months or less

   $ 27,371  

Over three through six months

     37,438  

Over six through twelve months

     33,714   

Over twelve months

     52,454  
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 150,977  
  

 

 

 

See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on deposits.

Borrowings. Borrowed funds increased $509 thousand to $61.9 million at December 31, 2014, from $61.4 million at December 31, 2013.

Table 22 provides the maximum month end amount of borrowings by type during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

TABLE 22: SUMMARY OF MAXIMUM MONTH END BORROWINGS

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013  

FHLBNY advances

   $ 60,943      $ 61,303  

FHLBNY repurchase agreements

     —          —    

FHLBNY overnight line of credit

     —          —    

Repurchase agreements with customers

     1,156        3,172  

 

60


Table 23 provides information regarding FHLBNY advances and FHLBNY repurchase agreements, interest rates, approximate weighted average amounts outstanding and their approximate weighted average rates at or for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.

TABLE 23: SUMMARY OF FHLBNY BORROWINGS

 

At or for the Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012  

FHLBNY term amortizing advances outstanding at year end

   $ 787      $ 956     $ 1,415  

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     5.87     5.87     5.43

Approximate average amount outstanding during the year

   $ 865      $ 1,047     $ 2,023  

Approximate weighted average rate during the year

     5.87     5.87     5.00

FHLBNY term non-amortizing advances outstanding at year end

   $ 60,000      $ 60,000     $ 60,000  

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     2.02     2.02     2.02

Approximate average amount outstanding during the year

   $ 60,000      $ 60,000     $ 16,250  

Approximate weighted average rate during the year

     2.02     2.02     1.99

FHLBNY repurchase agreements outstanding at year end

   $ —        $ —       $ —    

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     —       —       —  

Approximate average amount outstanding during the year

   $ —        $ —       $ 18,333  

Approximate weighted average rate during the year

     —       —       2.30

Table 24 provides information regarding securities sold under agreements to repurchase with customers, interest rates, approximate average amounts outstanding and their approximate weighted average rates at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.

TABLE 24: SUMMARY OF SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE WITH CUSTOMERS

 

At or for the Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012  

Balance at year end

   $ 1,156      $ 478      $ 1,968  

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     0.13     2.12     0.17

Approximate average amount outstanding during the year

   $ 759      $ 1,469      $ 4,859  

Approximate weighted average rate during the year

     0.09     0.14     0.15

Deposits are the primary source of funds for the Company’s lending activities, investment activities and general business purposes. Should the need arise, the Company has the ability to access lines of credit from various sources including the FRB, the FHLBNY and various other correspondent banks. In addition, on an overnight basis, the Company has the ability to sell securities under agreements to repurchase.

See Notes 12 and 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on borrowings.

Junior Subordinated Debentures Held by Trusts that Issued Capital Debt. Table 25 provides a summary of the outstanding capital securities issued by each Issuer Trust and the junior subordinated debenture issued by the Company to each Issuer Trust as of December 31, 2014.

TABLE 25: SUMMARY OF CAPITAL SECURITIES AND JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

December 31, 2014

   Capital Securities    Junior Subordinated Debentures  

Issuer Trust

   Issuance Date    Stated
Value
    

Distribution
Rate

   Principal
Amount
     Maturity      Redeemable
Beginning
 

Sun Capital Trust V

   December 18, 2003    $ 15,000       3-mo LIBOR plus 2.80%    $ 15,464         December 30, 2033         December 30, 2008   

Sun Capital Trust VI

   December 19, 2003      25,000       3-mo LIBOR plus 2.80%      25,774         January 23, 2034         January 23, 2009   

Sun Statutory Trust VII

   January 17, 2006      30,000       3-mo LIBOR plus 1.35%      30,928         March 15, 2036         March 15, 2011   

Sun Capital Trust VII

   April 19, 2007      10,000       6.428% Fixed      10,310         June 30, 2037         June 30, 2012   

Sun Capital Trust VIII

   July 5, 2007      10,000       3-mo LIBOR plus 1.39%      10,310         October 1, 2037         October 1, 2012   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
$ 90,000    $ 92,786   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

On January 23, 2009 and December 30, 2008, the capital securities of Sun Capital Trust VI and Sun Capital Trust V, respectively, became eligible for redemption. As a result of the current interest environment, the Company has elected not to call these securities; however, the Company maintains the right to call these securities in the future on the respective payment anniversary dates.

 

61


The Company maintains sufficient cash to fund junior subordinated debenture interest obligations. Cash balances at the Company totaled $29.8 million at December 31, 2014. Should a dividend from the Bank be necessary to fund the junior subordinated debenture interest obligations of the holding company, prior approval by the OCC would be required. Per the OCC Agreement, a dividend may only be declared if it is in accordance with the approved capital plan, the Bank remains in compliance with the capital plan following the payment of the dividend and the dividend is approved by the OCC. The Company believes it is capable of funding its junior subordinated debenture interest obligations through available cash balances maintained at the bank holding company for the period of time necessary until earnings are expected to support a dividend from the Bank. See Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on dividend limitations.

Other Liabilities. Other liabilities totaled $31.4 million at December 31, 2014 and $59.1 million at December 31, 2013. Derivative liabilities are the primary component of other liabilities. See Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on derivative instruments.

 

62


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The Company may from time to time make written or oral “forward-looking statements,” including statements contained in the company’s filings with the securities and exchange commission, in its reports to shareholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the company pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the private securities litigation reform act of 1995. Forward-looking statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook,” or similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “could.” These forward-looking statements may include, among other things:

 

    statements and assumptions relating to financial performance;

 

    statements relating to the anticipated effects on results of operations or financial condition from recent or future developments or events;

 

    statements relating to our business and growth strategies and our regulatory capital levels;

 

    statements relating to potential sales of our criticized and classified assets; and

 

    any other statements, projections or assumptions that are not historical facts.

Actual future results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements, and we qualify all forward-looking statements by various risks and uncertainties we face, some of which are beyond our control, as well as the assumptions underlying the statements, including, among others, the following factors:

 

    the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct operations;

 

    market volatility;

 

    the credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and trend of loan delinquencies and write-offs;

 

    the overall quality of the composition of our loan and securities portfolios;

 

    the market for criticized and classified assets that we may sell;

 

    legislative and regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and impending regulations, changes in banking, securities and tax laws and regulations and their application by our regulators and changes in the scope and cost of FDIC insurance and other coverages;

 

    the effects of, and changes in, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the FRB;

 

    inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations;

 

    fluctuations in the demand for loans, the number of unsold homes and other properties and fluctuations in real estate values in our market areas;

 

    the effect of and our compliance with the terms of the OCC Agreement, Federal Reserve Bank requirements, as well as compliance with the individual minimum capital ratios established for the Bank by the OCC;

 

    the results of examinations of us by the Federal Reserve Bank and of the Bank by the OCC, including the possibility that the OCC may, among other things, require the Bank to increase its allowance for loan losses or to write-down assets;

 

    our ability to control operating costs and expenses;

 

    our ability to manage delinquency rates;

 

    our ability to retain key members of our senior management team;

 

    the costs of litigation, including settlements and judgments;

 

    the increased competitive pressures among financial services companies;

 

    the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services and the perceived overall value of these products and services by businesses and consumers, including the features, pricing and quality compared to our competitors’ products and services;

 

    technological changes;

 

    acquisitions;

 

    changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and saving habits and demand for financial services in our market area;

 

    adverse changes in securities markets;

 

    the inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us;

 

    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies and the Financial Accounting Standards Board;

 

    the potential impact on the Company’s operations and customers resulting from natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorist activities or cyber attacks;

 

    other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services and the other risks described elsewhere herein or in the documents incorporated by reference herein and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); and

 

    our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

 

63


The development of any or all of these factors could have an adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations.

Any forward-looking statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference herein or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless otherwise required to do so by law or regulation. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements discussed herein or in the documents incorporated by reference herein might not occur, and you should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

* * * * * *

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

This Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company contains financial information by methods other than in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Management uses these “non-GAAP” measures in their analysis of the Company’s performance. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations and enhance comparability of results with prior periods as well as demonstrate the effects of significant gains and charges in the current period. The Company believes that a meaningful analysis of its financial performance requires an understanding of the factors underlying that performance. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Management uses these measures to evaluate the underlying performance and efficiency of operations. Management believes these measures reflect core trends of the business. Reconciliations of these ratios to GAAP are presented below.

Tangible Equity to Tangible Assets Ratio:

Tangible equity and tangible assets are calculated by subtracting identifiable intangible assets and goodwill from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively, and may be used by investors to assist them in understanding how much loss, exclusive of intangible assets and goodwill, can be absorbed before shareholders’ equity is depleted. The Company’s and the Bank’s regulators also exclude intangible assets and goodwill from shareholders’ equity when assessing the capital adequacy of each.

The following table reconciles this non-GAAP performance measure to the GAAP performance measure for the periods indicated:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012  

Total assets

   $ 2,715,348      $ 3,087,553      $ 3,224,031   

Less: Intangible assets

     —          805        3,262   

Less: Goodwill

     38,188        38,188        38,188   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

$ 2,677,160    $ 3,048,560    $ 3,182,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

$ 245,323    $ 245,337    $ 262,595   

Less: Intangible assets

  —        805      3,262   

Less Goodwill

  38,188      38,188      38,188   

Tangible equity

$ 207,135    $ 206,344    $ 221,145   

Tangible equity to tangible assets ratio

  7.74   6.75   6.95

Core Deposits:

Core deposits are calculated by excluding time deposits and brokered deposits from total deposits.

The following table provides a reconciliation of core deposits to GAAP total deposits:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013  

Total deposits

   $ 2,091,904       $ 2,621,571   

Less: Time deposits

     382,088         506,770   

Less: Brokered deposits

     75,821         107,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Core deposits

$ 1,633,995    $ 2,006,871   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13(a)-15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because management’s assessment was also conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting also included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for Schedules RC, RI, RI-A. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, we concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report and has issued a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Their reports follow this statement.

 

65


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

Mount Laurel, New Jersey

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Sun Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Instructions for Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for Schedules RC, RI, and RI-A. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 of the Company and our report dated March 13, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Philadelphia, PA

March 13, 2015

 

66


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

Mount Laurel, New Jersey

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Sun Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sun Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 13, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Philadelphia, PA

March 13, 2015

 

67


SUN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(Dollars in thousands, except par value amounts)

 

December 31,

   2014     2013  

ASSETS

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 42,548      $ 38,075  

Interest-earning bank balances

     505,885        229,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  548,433      267,762  

Restricted cash

  13,000      26,000   

Investment securities available for sale (amortized cost of $394,733 and $452,023 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)

  394,500      440,097  

Investment securities held to maturity (estimated fair value of $501 and $692 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)

  489      681  

Loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses of $23,246 and $35,537 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)

  1,486,898      2,102,167   

Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market

  4,083      —     

Loans held-for-sale, at fair value

  —        20,662   

Restricted equity investments, at cost

  14,961      17,019  

Branch assets held-for-sale

  69,064      —     

Bank properties and equipment, net

  40,155      49,095  

Real estate owned, net

  522      2,503  

Accrued interest receivable

  5,397      7,112  

Goodwill

  38,188      38,188  

Intangible assets, net

  —        805  

Deferred taxes, net

  —        4,575   

Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)

  79,132      77,236  

Other assets

  20,526      33,651  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 2,715,348    $ 3,087,553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

LIABILITIES

Deposits

$ 2,091,904     2,621,571  

Branch deposits held-for-sale

  183,395      —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase - customers

  1,156      478  

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY)

  60,787     60,956  

Obligation under capital lease

  7,035     7,331  

Junior subordinated debentures

  92,786     92,786  

Deferred taxes, net

  1,514      —     

Other liabilities

  31,448     59,094  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  2,470,025     2,842,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 17)

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred stock, $1 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

  —       —    

Common stock, $5 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 18,900,877 shares issued and 18,615,950 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014; 17,742,207 shares issued and 17,342,883 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013(1)

  94,508     88,711  

Additional paid-in capital

  514,071     506,719  

Retained deficit

  (347,762   (317,954

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (138   (7,055

Deferred compensation plan trust

  (599   (522

Treasury stock at cost, 284,927 shares at December 31, 2014; and 399,324 at December 31, 2013(1)

  (14,757   (24,562
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

  245,323     245,337  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 2,715,348   $ 3,087,553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(1)  Prior period share data was retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014

 

68


SUN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012  

INTEREST INCOME

      

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 79,427     $ 96,172     $ 103,707   

Interest on taxable investment securities

     8,715       6,668       9,138   

Interest on non-taxable investment securities

     1,232       1,338       1,618   

Dividends on restricted equity investments

     838       904       970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

  90,212     105,082     115,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest on deposits

  8,358      11,349     13,553   

Interest on funds borrowed

  1,753      1,776     1,438   

Interest on junior subordinated debentures

  2,150      2,188     2,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

  12,261      15,313     17,585   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

  77,951      89,769     97,848   

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

  14,803      1,147     57,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  63,148      88,622     40,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Service charges on deposit accounts

  8,803      9,056     10,954   

Mortgage banking revenue, net

  1,546      11,598     10,551   

Gain on sale of investment securities

  50      3,489     234   

Investment products income

  2,447      2,684     2,296   

BOLI income

  1,896      1,882     1,986   

Derivative credit adjustment

  (1,232   (1,588   (2,275

Other

  4,253      4,560     4,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

  17,763      31,681     28,675   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Salaries and employee benefits

  49,339      53,037     54,241   

Commission expense

  2,475      7,696      8,259   

Occupancy expense

  16,230      13,519     13,011   

Equipment expense

  7,287      7,356     7,399   

Amortization of intangible assets

  805      2,457     3,685   

Data processing expense

  4,979      4,244     4,384   

Professional fees

  6,487      18,246     3,459   

Insurance expense

  5,567      5,966     5,824   

Advertising expense

  2,062      2,830     2,809   

Problem loan expense

  2,039      3,407     5,681   

Real estate owned expense, net

  1,724      2,270     2,358   

Office supplies expense

  974      857     1,247   

Other

  9,434      8,064     7,476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

  109,402      129,949     119,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

  (28,491   (9,646   (50,525

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

  1,317      297      (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

$ (29,808 $ (9,943 $ (50,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic loss per common share(1)

$ (1.67 $ (0.58 $ (2.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted loss per common share(1)

$ (1.67 $ (0.58 $ (2.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares – basic(1)

  17,830,018      17,283,162     17,187,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares – diluted(1)

  17,830,018      17,283,162     17,187,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(1)  Prior periods were retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014

 

69


SUN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013     2012  

NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

   $ (29,808   $ (9,943     (50,491

Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax (See Note 2)

      

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:

      

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period

   $ 6,947     $ (7,170     1,649   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

     (30     (2,071     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  6,917      (9,241   1,561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

$ (22,891 $ (19,184   (48,930
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

70


SUN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Preferred
Stock
     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Gain (Loss)
    Deferred
Compensation
Plan Trust
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  

BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2012

   $ —        $ 87,825      $ 504,508     $ (257,520 )   $ 625      $ (193   $ (26,162   $ 309,083  

Net loss

     —          —          —         (50,491 )     —          —         —         (50,491 )

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —         —         1,561        —         —         1,561   

Issuance of common stock

     —          396        794       —         —         (63 )     —         1,127  

Stock-based compensation

     —          80        1,235       —         —         —         —         1,315  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2012

$ —     $ 88,301   $ 506,537   $ (308,011 $ 2,186    $ (256 $ (26,162 $ 262,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  —       —       —        (9,943   —       —       —        (9,943

Other comprehensive loss

  —       —       —        —        (9,241   —       —        (9,241

Issuance of common stock

  —        365      (386   —        —        (266   1,600      1,313   

Stock based compensation

  —        45      568      —        —        —        —        613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2013

$ —     $ 88,711   $ 506,719   $ (317,954 $ (7,055 $ (522 $ (24,562 $ 245,337  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  —       —       —        (29,808   —       —       —        (29,808

Other comprehensive income

  —       —       —        —        6,917      —       —        6,917   

Exercise of stock options

  (75   —        —        —        91      16   

Capital raise

  5,666      14,334      —        —        —        —        20,000   

Issuance of common stock

  —        131      (6,134   —        —        (77   8,071      1,991   

Stock based compensation

  —        —        (773   —        —        —        1,643      870   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2014

$ —     $ 94,508   $ 514,071    $ (347,762 $ (138 $ (599 $ (14,757 $ 245,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

71


SUN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net loss

   $ (29,808   $ (9,943   $ (50,491

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     14,803        1,147        57,215  

Increase (decrease) in reserve for unfunded commitments

     149        (159     232   

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     7,142        10,119        12,700  

Impairment of bank properties and equipment and real estate owned

     1,059        204        1,736  

Net gain on sales and calls of investment securities

     (50     (3,500     (151

Loss on real estate owned

     541        1,242        345  

Decrease (increase) in fair value of interest rate lock commitments

     119        728        (847

Gain on sale of mortgage loans

     (1,844     (12,110     (8,414

Gain on sale of jumbo residential mortgage loans, net

     (134     (1,968     —     

Gain on sale of consumer loans

     (459     —          —     

Mark-to-market on loans held for sale

     1,098        1,752        (2,065

Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI

     (1,896     (1,882     (1,987

Deferred income taxes

     1,313       297       —    

Stock-based compensation

     871        613        1,315  

Shares contributed to employee benefit plans

     2,141        1,580        1,126  

Derivative credit valuation adjustment

     (138     205        54  

Mortgage loans originated for sale

     (77,752     (472,027     (471,185

Proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans

     93,340        568,128        405,842  

Change in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash:

      

Accrued interest receivable

     1,715        942        858  

Other assets

     986        4,434        4,378  

Other liabilities

     844        (4,769     11,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  14,040      85,033      (37,641 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

  (33,630   (303,330   (117,411

Purchases of investment securities held to maturity

  —        —        (250

Net redemption (purchase) of restricted equity securities

  2,058      867      (2,060

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments or calls of investment securities available for sale

  62,194      95,542      141,795   

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments or calls of investment securities held to maturity

  189      228      676   

Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale

  28,276      197,018      47,500   

Proceeds from the sale of commercial real estate loans

  57,147      20,771      —     

Proceeds from the sale of jumbo residential mortgage loans

  59,482      144,199      —     

Proceeds from the sale of consumer loans

  15,682      —        —     

Proceeds from the sale of repossessed assets

  138      280      —     

Net decrease (increase) in loans

  405,617      (27,430   (67,475

Purchases of bank properties and equipment

  (2,116   (4,159   (3,869

Restricted cash transferred to cash and cash equivalents

  13,000      —        —     

Cash transferred to held-for-sale

  (1,064   —        —     

Return of surrender value of BOLI

  —        1,504      —     

Proceeds from sale of real estate owned

  1,554      7,503      3,559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

  608,527      132,993      2,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

  (362,125   (91,653   45,247   

Net borrowings (repayments) of securities sold under agreements to repurchase - customer

  678      (1,490   (3,700

Repayments of short-term advances from FHLBNY

  (169   (459   (1,318

Borrowings of long-term advances from FHLBNY

  —        —        60,000   

Repayments under securities sold under agreements to repurchase - FHLB

  —        —        (15,000

Repayment of obligation under capital lease

  (296   (278   (259

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

  20,000      —        —     

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  16      —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (341,896   (93,880   84,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

  280,671      124,146      49,794   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

  267,762      143,616      93,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

$ 548,433    $ 267,762    $ 143,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Interest paid

$ 12,633    $ 15,619    $ 21,137   

Income taxes paid

  —                —     

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH ITEMS

Transfer of loans and bank properties to real estate owned

$ 945    $ 3,851    $ 7,679   

Transfer of loans from held-for-sale to held-for-investment

  —        413      9,905   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

72


SUN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts presented in the tables, except share and per share amounts, are in thousands)

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Sun Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company is the parent company of Sun National Bank (the “Bank”), a national bank and the Company’s principal wholly owned subsidiary. The Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries are Sun Financial Services, L.L.C., and 2020 Properties, L.L.C. and 4040 Properties, L.L.C.

The Company’s principal business is to serve as a holding company for the Bank. The Bank is in the business of attracting customer deposits through its Community Banking Centers and investing these funds, together with borrowed funds and cash from operations, in loans, primarily commercial real estate, small business non-real estate loans, as well as mortgage-backed and investment securities. The principal business of Sun Financial Services, L.L.C. is to offer mutual funds, securities brokerage, annuities and investment advisory services through the Bank’s Community Banking Centers. The principal business of 2020 Properties, L.L.C. and 4040 Properties, L.L.C. is to acquire and thereafter liquidate certain real estate and other assets in satisfaction of debts previously contracted by the Bank. The Company’s five capital trusts, Sun Capital Trust V, Sun Capital Trust VI, Sun Capital Trust VII, Sun Statutory Trust VII and Sun Capital Trust VIII, collectively, the “Issuing Trusts,” are presented on a deconsolidated basis. The Issuing Trusts, consisting of four Delaware business trusts and one Connecticut business trust, hold junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company.

Through the Bank, the Company provides commercial and consumer banking services. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 57 locations primarily throughout New Jersey including 47 branch offices. The Company also had one loan production office located in both New York and Pennsylvania.

The Company’s outstanding common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SNBC.” The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company’s primary federal regulator is the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and the Bank’s primary federal regulator is the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).

The Company declared a 1-for-5 reverse stock split effective August 11, 2014 for shareholders of record as of August 8, 2014. Prior periods have been revised to reflect the impact of this transaction.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation. The accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and to general practices in the banking industry. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting period. The significant estimates include the allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment on investment securities, goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, stock-based compensation, and the fair value of financial instruments. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Basis of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include, after all intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated, the accounts of the Company, its principal wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Sun Financial Services, L.L.C., 2020 Properties, L.L.C., and 4040 Properties, L.L.C. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 810, Consolidation, the Issuing Trusts are deconsolidated. See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company’s participation in the Issuing Trusts.

Segment Information. As defined in accordance with FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting (FASB ASC 280), the Company has one reportable and operating segment, “Community Banking.” All of the Company’s activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on how each of the activities of the Company supports the others. For example, lending is dependent upon the ability of the Company to fund itself with deposits and other borrowings and manage interest rate and credit risk. Accordingly, all significant operating decisions are based upon analysis of the Company as one segment or unit.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents includes cash and amounts due from banks, interest-earning bank balances and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturity dates of 90 days or less.

Restricted Cash. Restricted cash includes cash held as collateral against customer letters of credit held with another bank.

Investment Securities. The Company’s investment portfolio includes both held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities. The purchase and sale of the Company’s investment securities are recorded based on trade date accounting. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no unsettled transactions. The following provides further information on the Company’s accounting for debt securities:

Held-to-Maturity - Investment securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at their remaining unpaid principal balance, net of unamortized premiums or unaccreted discounts. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted using the interest method over the estimated remaining term of the underlying security.

 

73


Available-for-Sale - Investment securities that will be held for indefinite periods of time, including securities that may be sold in response to changes in market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity, and changes in the availability and the yield of alternative investments, are classified as available-for-sale. These assets are carried at their estimated fair value. Fair values are based on quoted prices for identical assets in active markets, quoted prices for similar assets in markets that are either actively or not actively traded, or in some cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs, internally developed discounted cash flow models. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported net of tax in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated statements of financial condition until realized, including those recognized through the non-credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charge.

In accordance with FASB ASC 325-40, Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets (FASB ASC 325-40), and FASB ASC 320, Investment - Debt and Equity Securities (FASB ASC 320), the Company evaluates its securities portfolio for OTTI throughout the year. Each investment, which has a fair value less than the book value, is reviewed on a quarterly basis by management. Management considers, at a minimum, whether the following factors exist that, both individually or in combination, could indicate that the decline is other-than-temporary: (a) the Company has the intent to sell the security; (b) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery; and (c) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Company’s intent is a review of capital adequacy, interest rate risk profile and liquidity at the Company. An impairment charge is recorded against individual securities if the review described above concludes that the decline in value is other-than-temporary. During 2014, 2013 and 2012, it was determined there were no other-than-temporarily impaired investments. As a result, the Company did not record credit related OTTI charges through earnings during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Loans Held-for-Sale. The Company had $4.1 million and $20.7 million of loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The balance at December 31, 2014 primarily includes consumer loans identified for sale out of the portfolio, recorded at lower of cost or market. The balance at December 31, 2013 included residential mortgages originated with the intent to sell which were recorded at fair value. Effective July 1, 2012, the Company elected the fair value option under FASB ASC 825, The Fair Value Option for Financial Instruments, (“FASB ASC 825”), on its residential mortgage loans held-for-sale portfolio. This election resulted in a positive market value adjustment of $2.1 million, which was recognized in gain on sale of loans on the consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no residential mortgage loans held-for-sale.

Deferred Loan Fees. Loan fees on loans held-for-investment, net of certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and the balance is amortized to income as a yield adjustment over the life of the loan using the interest method. Loan fees on loans held-for-sale, net of certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred until the related loans are sold and are included in the determination of the gains or losses upon sale, which are reported in mortgage banking revenue, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is determined by management based upon past experience, evaluation of estimated loss and impairment in the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other pertinent factors. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to provide for estimated losses and impairment based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risk in the loan portfolio. Loan impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of collateral. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations.

The provision for loan losses is based upon historical loan loss experience, a series of qualitative factors and an evaluation of estimated losses in the current loan portfolio, including the evaluation of impaired loans under FASB ASC 310, Receivables (“FASB ASC 310”). Values assigned to the qualitative factors and those developed from historic loss experience provide a dynamic basis for the calculation of reserve factors for both pass-rated loans (general pooled allowance) and those criticized and classified loans that continue to perform. A loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. An insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments does not necessarily result in the loan being identified as impaired. For this purpose, delays less than 90 days are considered to be insignificant. Impairment losses are included in the provision for loan losses. Loans not individually reviewed are evaluated as a group using reserve factor percentages based on historic loss experience qualitative factors. Included in these qualitative factors are:

 

    Levels of past due, classified and non-accrual loans, and troubled debt restructurings

 

    Nature, volume and concentrations of loans

 

    Historical loss trends

 

    Changes in lending policies and procedures, underwriting standards, collections, and for commercial loans, the level of loans being approved with exceptions to policy

 

    Experience, ability and depth of management and staff

 

    National and local economic and business conditions, including various market segments

 

    Quality of the Company’s loan review system and degree of Board oversight; and

 

    Effect of external factors, including the deterioration of collateral values, on the level of estimated credit losses in the current portfolio

 

74


Commercial loans, including commercial real estate loans, are placed on non-accrual status at the time the loan has been delinquent for 90 days unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Generally, commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are charged-off no later than 180 days after becoming delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection, or other extenuating circumstances support collection. Residential real estate loans are typically placed on non-accrual status at the time the loan has been delinquent for 90 days. Other consumer loans are typically charged-off at 180 days delinquent. In all cases, loans must be placed on non-accrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

Restricted Equity Securities. Certain securities are classified as restricted equity securities because ownership is restricted and there is not an established market for their resale. These securities are carried at cost and are evaluated for impairment on a quarterly basis.

Bank Properties and Equipment. Land is carried at cost. Bank properties and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation, which is recorded in equipment expense on the consolidated statements of operations, is computed by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally as follows:

 

Asset Type

  

Estimated Useful Life

Buildings    40 years
Leasehold improvements    Lesser of the useful life or the remaining lease term, including renewals, if applicable
Equipment    Three to 10 years

Real Estate Owned. Real estate owned is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure, deed in lieu and bank property that is not in use. Property acquired through foreclosure is carried at the lower of cost or fair value of the property based on an appraisal less estimated disposal costs. Credit losses arising from foreclosure transactions are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Bank properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated disposal cost. Costs to maintain real estate owned and any subsequent gains or losses are included in real estate owned expense, net on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Goodwill is the excess of the fair value of liabilities assumed over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of December 31. The Company elected to not apply the qualitative evaluation option permitted under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-8, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 35): Testing Goodwill for Impairment issued in September 2011. Therefore, the Company utilizes the two-step goodwill impairment test outlined in FASB ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (“FASB ASC 350”). Step one, which is used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. A reporting unit is an operating segment, or one level below an operating segment, as defined in FASB ASC 280. The Company has one reportable operating segment, “Community Banking,” and there are no components to this operating segment. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and step two is therefore unnecessary. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. At December 31, 2014, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test, and step one of the analysis indicated that the Company’s fair value was greater than its carrying value; therefore, the Company’s goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The carrying amount of goodwill totaled $38.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Intangible assets, net on the consolidated statements of financial condition, consist of core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization from the Bank’s previous acquisitions. Core deposit intangibles are amortized using the straight-line method based on the characteristics of the particular deposit type and are evaluated annually for impairment. The Company’s core deposit intangibles were fully amortized as of December 31, 2014. See Note 10 for further details on goodwill and intangible assets.

Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”). The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key employees. These policies are recorded at their cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized in accordance with FASB ASC 325-30, Investments in Insurance Contracts. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $27.0 million invested in a general account and $52.1 million in a separate account, for a total BOLI cash surrender value of $79.1 million. The BOLI separate account is invested in a mortgage-backed securities fund, which is managed by an independent investment firm. Pricing volatility of these underlying instruments may have an impact on investment income; however, the fluctuations would be partially mitigated by a stable value wrap agreement which is a component of the separate account. Income from these policies and changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in BOLI income of the consolidated statements of operations.

Loan Servicing Assets. The Company previously originated certain Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans for sale to institutional investors. In accordance with FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing (“FASB ASC 860”), the cost of loans sold was allocated between the servicing rights, the retained portion of the loan and the sold portion of the loan based on the relative fair values of each.

Loan servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income. In accordance with FASB ASC 860, the Company regularly evaluates the loan servicing asset for impairment. Because loans were sold individually and were not pooled, the Company does not stratify groups of loans based on risk characteristics for purposes of measuring impairment. The Company measures the loan servicing assets by estimating the present value of expected future cash flows for each servicing asset,

 

75


based on their unique characteristics and market-based assumptions for prepayment speeds and records a valuation allowance for the amount by which the carrying amount of the servicing asset exceeds the fair value. The gross carrying value of the Company’s loan servicing assets was $342 thousand and $364 thousand at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The fair value of the loan servicing rights is determined by valuation techniques. Valuation adjustments to the loan servicing assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $0, $58 thousand of expense and $95 thousand of expense, respectively. These adjustments are reflected in other income on the consolidated statements of operations. The valuation allowance for the loan servicing assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $177 thousand. The net carrying value of the loan servicing asset is included within other assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase. The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase with its customers and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”). In accordance with FASB ASC 860, these agreements are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Securities pledged as collateral under agreements to repurchase are reflected as assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition.

Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Company recognizes all derivative instruments at fair value as either assets or liabilities in other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship. For derivatives not designated as hedges, the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings.

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are not exchange-traded and therefore are valued utilizing models that use as their basis readily observable market parameters, specifically the LIBOR swap curve, and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Mortgage Banking Revenue, Net. Mortgage banking revenue, net includes revenues associated with the sale of residential mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell, net of recourse liability provision as well as gain on bulk sales of jumbo residential mortgage loans. The components of this line item are as follows:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Gains on the sale of residential mortgage loans

   $ 2,303       $ 12,510       $ 7,967   

Gain on bulk sale of jumbo residential mortgage loans

     134         1,968         —     

Market value adjustment on loans held-for-sale

     (312      (1,752      2,512   

Fair value adjustment on interest rate lock commitments

     (119      (728      847   

Recourse liability provision

     (460      (400      (775
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage banking revenue, net

$ 1,546    $ 11,598    $ 10,551   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss. The Company classifies items of accumulated other comprehensive loss by their nature and displays the details of other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss. Amounts categorized as accumulated other comprehensive loss represent net unrealized gains or losses on investment securities available for sale, net of tax and the non-credit portion of any OTTI loss not recorded in earnings. Reclassifications are made to avoid double counting items which are displayed as part of net loss for the period. These reclassifications for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

DISCLOSURE OF RECLASSIFICATION AMOUNTS, NET OF TAX

 

Years Ended December 31,

  2014     2013     2012  
    Pre-tax     Tax     After-tax     Pre-tax     Tax     After-tax     Pre-tax     Tax     After-tax  

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on securities available for sale during the year

  $ 11,743      $ (4,796   $ 6,947      $ (12,120   $ 4,950      $ (7,170   $ 2,788      $ (1,139   $ 1,649   

Less:

                 

Reclassification adjustment for net gain included in net income (1)

    (50     20        (30     (3,500     1,429        (2,071     (151     63        (88
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities available for sale

$ 11,693    $ (4,776 $ 6,917    $ (15,620 $ 6,379    $ (9,241 $ 2,637    $ (1,076 $ 1,561   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All pre-tax amounts are included in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Treasury Stock. Stock held in treasury by the Company is accounted for using the cost method which treats stock held in treasury as a reduction to total shareholders’ equity. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company held 284,927 shares of treasury stock and 399,324 shares, respectively.

 

76


Stock-Based Compensation. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation issued to employees, and when appropriate, non-employee, in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, (“FASB ASC 718”). Under the fair value provisions of FASB ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the appropriate vesting period using the straight-line method. However, consistent with FASB ASC 718, the amount of stock-based compensation cost recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of the grant date value of the award that is vested at that date and, as a result, it may be necessary to recognize the expense using a ratable method. Although the provisions of FASB ASC 718 should generally be applied to non-employees, FASB ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, is used in determining the measurement date of the compensation expense for non-employees.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the measurement date requires judgment, including estimating the expected term of the stock options and the expected volatility of the Company’s stock. In addition, judgment is required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates or different key assumptions are used, it could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s stock-based incentive plans authorize the issuance of shares of common stock pursuant to awards that may be granted in the form of stock options to purchase common stock (“Options”) and awards of shares of common stock (“Stock Awards”). The purpose of the Company’s stock-based incentive plans is to attract and retain personnel for positions of substantial responsibility and to provide additional incentive to certain officers, directors, advisory directors, employees and other persons to promote the success of the Company. Under the Company’s stock-based incentive plans, Options generally expire ten years after the date of grant, unless terminated earlier under the Option’s terms. A committee of non-employee directors has the authority to determine the conditions upon which the Options granted will vest. Options are granted at the then fair market value of the Company’s stock. All or a portion of any Stock Awards earned as compensation by a director may be deferred under the Company’s Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan.

In accordance with FASB ASC 718, the fair value of the Options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model which uses the assumptions noted in the table below. The expected term of an Option is estimated using historical exercise behavior of employees at a particular level of management who were granted Options with a comparable term. The Options have historically been granted a 10 year term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price.

Significant weighted average assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the Option awards for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN BLACK-SCHOLES OPTION PRICING MODEL

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012  

Fair value of Options granted during the year(1)

   $ 8.70      $ 9.25      $ 7.61  

Risk-free rate of return

     1.32     0.85     0.98

Expected term in months

     54        59        61  

Expected volatility

     54     62     62

Expected dividends(2)

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

 

(1)  Prior periods were retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014.
(2)  To date, the Company has not paid cash dividends on its common stock.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had three stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 14.

Interest Income on Loans. Interest income on loans is credited to operations based upon the principal amount outstanding. Interest accruals are generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days past due, or when principal or interest is considered doubtful of collection. When interest accruals are discontinued unpaid, interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in the prior year is charged to the allowance for loan losses.

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes (“FASB ASC 740”). FASB ASC 740 requires the recording of deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management exercises significant judgment in the evaluation of the amount and timing of the recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities. The judgments and estimates required for the evaluation are updated based upon changes in business factors and the tax laws. If actual results differ from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating the amount and timing of tax recognized, there can be no assurance that additional expenses will not be required in future periods. The Company recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. Assessment of uncertain tax positions under FASB ASC 740 requires careful consideration of the technical merits of a position based on management’s analysis of tax regulations and interpretations. Significant judgment is applied when addressing the requirements of FASB ASC 740. At December 31, 2014, the Company had a valuation allowance of $132.6 million against its gross deferred tax asset and a net deferred tax liability of $1.5 million. As the Company remained in a cumulative loss position, a full deferred tax valuation allowance is still appropriate at December 31, 2014. Once the Company is no longer in a cumulative loss position and has sufficient projected future earnings to absorb the deferred tax asset, the existing valuation allowance may be reversed. The Company will continue to regularly assess its performance to determine if a reversal of the valuation allowance is warranted. The recognition of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance differs between GAAP and regulatory accounting. While the reversal of a valuation allowance would be immediately recorded under GAAP, the amount of deferred tax asset includable in regulatory capital is limited to the lessor of 10% of tier 1 capital or to the amount expected to be realized in the next twelve months. See Note 19 for additional information on the Company’s application of FASB ASC 740.

 

77


Loss Per Common Share. Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, net of any treasury shares, during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, net of any treasury shares, after consideration of the potential dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, based upon the treasury stock method using an average market price of common shares sold during the period. Dilution is not considered when the Company is in a net loss position.

Recent Accounting Principles. In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02: Consolidation - Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (Topic 225-20). The amendments in this Update affect reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. Specifically, the amendments: (1) modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities; (2) eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and (4) provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01: Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20). The amendments in this Update eliminate from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. Subtopic 225-20, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items, required that an entity separately classify, present, and disclose extraordinary events and transactions. Presently, an event or transaction is presumed to be an ordinary and usual activity of the reporting entity unless evidence clearly supports its classification as an extraordinary item. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17: Business Combinations - Pushdown Accounting (Topic 805). The amendments in this Update provide an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The amendments in this Update were effective on November 18, 2014. The Company has evaluated this accounting standards update and determined that it is not applicable at this time.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16: Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The amendments in this Update affect hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share. An entity (an issuer or an investor) should determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, weighing each term and feature on the basis of relevant facts and circumstances. That is, an entity should determine the nature of the host contract by considering the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument, including the embedded derivative feature that is being evaluated for separate accounting from the host contract. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15: Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The amendments in this Update provide guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The amendments are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosures. The amendments in this Update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12: Stock Compensation - Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of Award Provide that a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period (Topic 718). The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that grant their employees share-based payments in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments in this Update require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award. The amendments in ASU 2014-12 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied either prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date, or retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

 

78


In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14: Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40). The amendments in this Update affect creditors that hold government-guaranteed mortgage loans, including those guaranteed by the FHA and the VA. The amendments in this Update require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if certain conditions are met. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The amendments in this Update are effective for public entities for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11: Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. The accounting changes in the amendment affect all entities that enter into repurchase-to-maturity transactions or repurchase financings. The amendments in this update change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting and for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. All entities are subject to new disclosure requirements for certain transactions that involve a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale. The accounting changes in this Update are effective for public business entities for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Summary and Amendments That Create Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers (Subtopic 340-40), Conforming Amendments to Other Topics and Subtopics in the Codification and Status Tables, Background Information and Basis for Conclusions. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the considerations to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance in this Update affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets, unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. For a public entity, the amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-4, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. The amendments in this update clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. For public entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on its financial statements.

3. BRANCH SALES AND CONSOLIDATIONS

On July 2, 2014 the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Sturdy Savings Bank, pursuant to which the Bank agreed to sell certain assets and certain liabilities relating to seven branch offices in and around Cape May County, New Jersey. The Purchase Agreement provides for a purchase price equal to the sum of a deposit premium of 8.765% of the average daily closing balance of deposits for the 31 days prior to the closing date, the Company’s carrying value of loans identified and approved by both parties, the aggregate amount of cash on hand and accrued interest on the loans acquired.

The Purchase Agreement contains certain customary representations, warranties, indemnities and covenants of the parties, The transaction closed on March 6, 2015 resulting in the sale of approximately $153 million in deposits, $64 million in loans, $4 million of fixed assets and $1 million of cash. The transaction resulted in a net cash payment of approximately $75 million by the Company to Sturdy Savings Bank. After transaction costs, the net gain on the branch sale transaction recorded by Company in the first quarter of 2015 will be approximately $9.2 million. The following summarizes the branch assets and liabilities classified as held-for-sale at December 31, 2014 related to the Purchase Agreement:

 

Assets:

Cash

$ 1,064   

Loans held-for-sale

  63,965   

Properties and equipment, net

  4,035   
  

 

 

 

Total branch assets held-for-sale

$ 69,064   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

Deposits held-for-sale

$ 183,395   
  

 

 

 

 

79


During 2014, the Company closed four leased branch offices. The Company recognized $293 thousand in expenses as a result of these closures. During 2013, the Company consolidated three leased branch offices into one existing branch office. The Company recognized $439 thousand in expenses as a result of this consolidation. During 2012, the Company consolidated three owned branch offices and one leased branch office into existing branch offices. As a result of these 2012 consolidations, the Company added the three owned branch offices to the real estate owned portfolio in the amount of $1.4 million, which included a loss on the transfer of $236 thousand.

4. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost of investment securities and the approximate fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

December 31, 2014

           

Available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 2,499       $ 4       $ —         $ 2,503   

U.S. Government agency securities

     4,973         —           (187      4,786   

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

     263,215         2,992         (1,051      265,156   

Other mortgage-backed securities

     265         —           —           265   

State and municipal securities

     28,981         1,941         —           30,922   

Trust preferred securities

     12,014         —           (2,604      9,410   

Collateralized Loan Obligations

     69,931         —           (1,328      68,603   

Other securities

     12,855         —           —           12,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale

  394,733      4,937      (5,170   394,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

  239      12      —        251   

Other securities

  250      —        —        250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held to maturity

  489      12      —        501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

$ 395,222    $ 4,949    $ (5,170 $ 395,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

Available for sale:

U.S. Treasury securities

$ 2,496    $ 4    $ —      $ 2,500   

U.S. Government agency securities

  4,969      —        (562   4,407   

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

  325,316      1,043      (8,295   318,064   

Other mortgage-backed securities

  277      16      —        293   

State and municipal securities

  29,240      1,213      —        30,453   

Trust preferred securities

  12,626      —        (4,659   7,967   

Collateralized Loan Obligations

  73,915      (686   73,229   

Other securities

  3,184      —        —        3,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale

  452,023      2,276      (14,202   440,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

  431      11      —        442   

Other securities

  250      —        —        250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held to maturity

  681      11      —        692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

$ 452,704    $ 2,287    $ (14,202 $ 440,789   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2014, the Company sold four securities prior to maturity for proceeds of $18.3 million and a gain of $50 thousand and received proceeds of $10.0 million from the payoff of one security. During 2013, the Company had two securities called prior to maturity for $1.5 million of proceeds, resulting in gross realized gains of $11 thousand, 42 available for sale securities were sold prior to maturity for gross proceeds of $199.6 million, which resulted in gross realized gains of $3.5 million and three securities matured, generating

 

80


$10.2 million of gross proceeds. The following table provides the gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

GROSS UNREALIZED LOSSES BY INVESTMENT CATEGORY

 

     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2014

               

U.S. Government agency securities

   $ —         $ —        $ 4,786       $ (187   $ 4,786       $ (187

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

     7,801         (35     33,453         (1,016     41,254         (1,051

Trust preferred securities

     —           —          9,410         (2,604     9,410         (2,604

Collateralized Loan Obligations

     23,710         (256     44,894         (1,072     68,604         (1,328
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 31,511    $ (291 $ 92,543    $ (4,879 $ 124,054    $ (5,170
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

U.S. Government agency securities

$ —      $ —      $ 4,407    $ (562 $ 4,407    $ (562

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

  246,348      (7,374   7,961      (921   254,309      (8,295

Other mortgage-backed securities

  —        —        —        —        —        —     

Trust preferred securities

  —        —        7,967      (4,659   7,967      (4,659

Collateralized Loan Obligations

  45,729      (686   —        —        45,729      (686
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 292,077    $ (8,060 $ 20,335   $ (6,142 $ 312,412   $ (14,202
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company determines whether unrealized losses are temporary in nature in accordance with FASB ASC 325-40, when applicable, and FASB ASC 320-10, Investments - Overall, (“FASB ASC 320-10”). The evaluation is based upon factors such as the creditworthiness of the underlying borrowers, performance of the underlying collateral, if applicable, and the level of credit support in the security structure. Management also evaluates other factors and circumstances that may be indicative of an OTTI condition. This includes, but is not limited to, an evaluation of the type of security, length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and near-term prospects of the issuer.

FASB ASC 320-10 requires the Company to assess if an OTTI exists by considering whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery. If either of these situations applies, the guidance requires the Company to record an OTTI charge to earnings on debt securities for the difference between the amortized cost basis of the security and the fair value of the security. If neither of these situations applies, the Company is required to assess whether it is expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company is not expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the guidance requires the Company to bifurcate the identified OTTI into a credit loss component and a component representing loss related to other factors. A discount rate is applied which equals the effective yield of the security. The difference between the present value of the expected flows and the amortized book value is considered a credit loss. When a market price is not readily available, the market value of the security is determined using the same expected cash flows; the discount rate is a rate the Company determines from the open market and other sources as appropriate for the security. The difference between the market value and the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Application of this guidance resulted in no OTTI charges during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s cumulative OTTI balance was $10.2 million. There were no OTTI charges recognized in earnings as a result of credit losses on investments in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

U.S. Government Agency Securities. At December 31, 2014, the gross unrealized loss in the category of greater than 12 months of $187 thousand consisted of one agency security with an estimated fair value of $4.8 million issued and guaranteed by a U.S. Government sponsored agency. The Company monitors certain factors such as market rates and possible credit deterioration to determine if an OTTI exists. As of December 31, 2014, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on the aforementioned security based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend to sell the security, and that it is not more likely than not it will be required to sell the security, before its recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of this security.

U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities. At December 31, 2014, the gross unrealized loss in the category of less than 12 months of $35 thousand consisted of two mortgage-backed securities with an estimated fair value of $7.8 million. The gross unrealized loss in the category of 12 months or longer of $1.0 million consisted of six mortgage-backed securities with an estimated fair

 

81


value of $33.5 million, issued and guaranteed by a U.S. Government sponsored agency. The Company monitors certain factors such as market rates and possible credit deterioration to determine if an OTTI exists. As of December 31, 2014, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on any of the aforementioned securities based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend nor will it be required to sell the securities, before their recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

Collateralized Loan Obligation Securities. At December 31, 2014, the gross unrealized loss in the category of 12 months or longer of $1.1 million consisted of three AAA and five AA rated collateralized loan obligation securities with an estimated fair value of $44.9 million. The gross unrealized loss in the category of less than 12 months of $ 256 thousand consisted of three AAA and one AA rated collateralized loan obligation securities with an estimated fair value of $23.7 million. The Company monitors key credit metrics such as delinquencies, defaults, cumulative losses and credit support levels to determine if an OTTI exists. As of December 31, 2014, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on any of the aforementioned securities based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend nor will it be required to sell the securities, before their recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

These securities are subject to the provisions of the Volcker Rule. However, a final determination has yet to be made on whether banks will be required to divest these investments. Discussion has been ongoing among the regulators, Congress and the investors in collateralized loan obligations. Based on the current status of these discussions and through the Company’s communication with its investment advisors, the Company believes it will either be able to hold these collateralized loan obligation investments in its portfolio or have them modified such that the perceived risk will be adequately eliminated.

Trust Preferred Securities. At December 31, 2014, the gross unrealized loss in the category of 12 months or longer of $2.6 million consisted of two trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities are comprised of one non-rated single issuer security with an amortized cost and estimated fair value of $3.2 million, and one investment grade rated pooled security with an amortized cost of $8.8 million and estimated fair value of $6.2 million.

For the pooled security, the Company monitors each issuer in the collateral pool with respect to financial performance using data from the issuer’s most recent regulatory reports as well as information on issuer deferrals and defaults. Also the security structure is monitored with respect to collateral coverage and current levels of subordination. Expected future cash flows are projected assuming additional defaults and deferrals based on the performance of the collateral pool. The investment grade pooled security is in a senior position in the capital structure. The security had a 3.3 times principal coverage. As of the most recent reporting date interest has been paid in accordance with the terms of the security. The Company reviews projected cash flow analysis for adverse changes in the present value of projected future cash flows that may result in an other-than-temporary credit impairment to be recognized through earnings. The most recent valuations assumed no recovery on any defaulted collateral, no recovery on any deferring collateral and an additional 3.6% of defaults or deferrals every three years with no recovery rate. As of December 31, 2014, management concluded that an OTTI did not exist on the aforementioned security based upon its assessment. Management also concluded that it does not intend to sell the security, and that it is not more likely than not it will be required to sell the security, before its recovery, which may be maturity, and management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of this security.

On January 14, 2014, the five federal agencies approved an interim final rule to permit banking entities to retain interests in certain collateralized debt obligations backed primarily by trust preferred securities from the investment prohibitions of the Volcker Rule. Under the interim final rule, the agencies permit the retention of an interest in or sponsorship of covered funds by banking entities if certain qualifications are met. In addition, the agencies released a non-exclusive list of issuers that meet the requirements of the interim final rule. The pooled security was included in the list of non-exclusive issuers that meet the requirements of the interim final rule released by the agencies and therefore will not be required to be sold by the Company.

At December 31, 2014, the book value of the non-rated single issuer trust preferred security approximates fair value. The financial performance of the single issuer trust preferred security is monitored on a quarterly basis using data from the issuer’s most recent regulatory reports to assess the probability of cash flow impairment. Expected future cash flows are projected incorporating the contractual cash flow of the security adjusted, if necessary, for potential changes in the amount or timing of cash flows due to the underlying creditworthiness of the issuer and covenants in the security.

In August 2009, the issuer of the single issuer trust preferred security elected to defer its normal quarterly dividend payment. As contractually permitted, the issuer may defer dividend payments up to five years with accumulated dividends, and interest on those deferred dividends, payable upon the resumption of its scheduled dividend payments. The issuer is currently operating under an agreement with its regulators. The agreement stipulates the issuer must receive permission from its regulators prior to resuming its scheduled dividend payments. In September 2014, the deferred dividends of $590 thousand were paid by the issuer. As this security is still deemed to be in non-performing status, this payment and a quarterly dividend payment of $25 thousand in December 2014 were recorded as a reduction of outstanding principal for this security. It is anticipated that this single issuer trust preferred security, due to sustained performance, will be upgraded to performing status in the first quarter of 2015, which will result in income recognition for future dividend payments.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company did not record an OTTI credit-related charge related to this single issuer trust preferred security. Based on the Company’s most recent evaluation, the Company does not expect the issuer to default on the security based primarily on the issuer’s subsidiary bank reporting that it meets the minimum regulatory requirements to be considered a “well-capitalized” institution. The Company recognizes that the difficult economic environment and some weakened performance measures, while recently improving, increases the probability that a full recovery of principal may not be realized. The cumulative OTTI

 

82


on this security as of December 31, 2014 was $1.2 million. Based upon the current capital position of the issuer, recent improvements in the financial performance of the issuer and the fact that the book value of the security approximates fair value, the Company concluded that an additional impairment charge is not warranted at December 31, 2014.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the investment securities, by contractual maturity, at December 31, 2014 is shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

     Available for Sale      Held to Maturity  

December 31, 2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 15,106      $ 15,109      $ —        $ —    

Due after one year through five years

     1,181        1,240        250        250  

Due after five years through ten years

     25,347        25,707        —          —    

Due after ten years

     89,619        87,023        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities, excluding mortgage- backed securities

  131,253     129,079     250     250  

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

  263,215     265,156     239     251  

Other mortgage-backed securities

  265     265     —       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

$ 394,733   $ 394,500   $ 489   $ 501  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had $28.0 million, amortized cost, and $29.8 million, estimated fair value, of investment securities pledged to secure public deposits. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $156.5 million, amortized cost, and $157.9 million, estimated fair value, of investment securities pledged as collateral on secured borrowings.

5. LOANS RECEIVABLE

The components of loans receivable, net were as follows:

 

Loan Components

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Commercial:

     

Commercial and industrial

   $ 242,494       $ 478,734   

CRE owner occupied

     278,651         468,442   

CRE non-owner occupied

     461,631         576,084   

Land and development

     70,156         64,306   

Consumer:

     

Home equity lines of credit

     156,926         188,478   

Home equity term loans

     17,239         25,279   

Residential real estate

     276,993         305,552   

Other

     6,054         30,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross loans

  1,510,144      2,137,704   

Allowance for loan losses

  (23,246   (35,537
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

$ 1,486,898    $ 2,102,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days and accruing

$ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

83


Loans on Non-accrual Status

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Commercial

     

Commercial

   $ 155       $ 2,358   

Commercial, held-for-sale

     28         —     

CRE owner occupied

     3,268         14,408   

CRE owner occupied, held-for-sale

     32         —     

CRE non-owner occupied

     —           1,969   

CRE non-owner occupied, held-for-sale

     229         —     

Land and development

     —           2,158   

Land and development, held-for-sale

     —           —     

Consumer:

     

Home equity lines of credit

     1,348         3,749   

Home equity, held-for-sale

     1,228         —     

Home equity term loans

     407         1,240   

Home equity term loans, held-for-sale

     286         —     

Residential real estate

     5,117         3,341   

Residential real estate, held-for-sale

     2,280         —     

Other

     432         591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

$ 14,810    $ 29,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings, non-accrual

$ 318    $ 8,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings, non-accrual , held-for-sale

$ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income not recognized as a result of the non-accrual loans was $$1.5 million, $4.2 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amount of interest included in net income on these loans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $5.0 million, respectively.

Many of the Company’s commercial loans have a real estate component as part of the collateral securing the loan. Additionally, the Company makes commercial real estate loans for the acquisition, refinance, improvement and construction of real property. Loans secured by owner-occupied properties are dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. If the operating company experiences difficulties in terms of sales volume and/or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans secured by properties where repayment is dependent upon payment of rent by third-party tenants or the sale of the property may be impacted by loss of tenants, lower lease rates needed to attract new tenants or the inability to sell a completed project in a timely fashion and at a profit.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $44.7 million outstanding on nine residential construction, commercial construction and land development relationships for which the agreements included interest reserves. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $54.5 million outstanding on 17 residential construction, commercial construction and land development relationships for which the agreements included interest reserves. The total amount available in those reserves to fund interest payments was $1.9 million and $4.3 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. There were no relationships with interest reserves which were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Construction projects are monitored throughout their lives by professional inspectors engaged by the Company. The budgets for loan advances and borrower equity injections are developed at underwriting time in conjunction with the review of the plans and specifications for the project being financed. Advances of the Company’s funds are based on the prepared budgets and will not be made unless the project has been inspected by the Company’s professional inspector who must certify that the work related to the advance is in place and properly complete. As it relates to construction project financing, the Company does not extend, renew or restructure terms unless its borrower posts cash collateral in an interest reserve.

Included in the Company’s loan portfolio are modified commercial loans. Per FASB ASC 310-40, Troubled Debt Restructurings, a modification is one in which the creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider, such as providing for a below market interest rate and/or forgiving principal or previously accrued interest; this modification may stem from an agreement or be imposed by law or a court, and may involve a multiple note structure. Generally, prior to the modification, the loans which are modified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) are already classified as non-performing. These loans may only be returned to performing (i.e. accrual status) after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable amount of time, generally six months; this sustained repayment performance may include the period of time just prior to the restructuring.

Under approved lending decisions, the Company had commitments to lend additional funds totaling $348.6 million and $568.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on an individual basis. The type and amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.

Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within its local market area. Generally, commercial real estate, residential real estate and other assets are used to secure loans. The ultimate repayment of loans is dependent, to a certain degree, on the local economy and real estate market. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $280.0 million in loans pledged as collateral on secured borrowings.

 

84


6. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Financing Receivables

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Commercial     Home
Equity(1)
    Residential
Real Estate
    Other(2)     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

          

Beginning balance

   $ 27,828     $ 3,375     $ 2,898     $ 1,436     $ 35,537  

Charge-offs

     (20,056     (4,568     (3,124     (3,332     (31,080

Recoveries

     3,045       401       198       342       3,986  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

  (17,011   (4,167   (2,926   (2,990   (27,094

Provision for loan losses

  5,017     4,030     3,541     2,215     14,803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

$ 15,834   $ 3,238   $ 3,513   $ 661   $ 23,246  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 15,834    $ 3,238    $ 3,513    $ 661    $ 23,246  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Receivables:

Ending balance

$ 1,052,932   $ 174,165   $ 276,993   $ 6,054   $ 1,510,144  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$ 3,584   $ 1,751   $ 4,759   $ 135   $ 10,229  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 1,049,348   $ 172,414   $ 272,234   $ 5,919   $ 1,499,915  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  Amount includes both home equity lines of credit and term loans
(2)  Includes the unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Commercial     Home
Equity(1)
    Residential
Real Estate
    Other(2)     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

          

Beginning balance

   $ 33,197     $ 2,734     $ 3,333     $ 6,609     $ 45,873  

Charge-offs

     (21,090     (1,646     (409     (878     (24,023

Recoveries

     11,747       488       15       290       12,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

  (9,343   (1,158   (394   (588   (11,483

Provision for loan losses

  3,974     1,799     (41 )   (4,585   1,147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

$ 27,828   $ 3,375   $ 2,898   $ 1,436   $ 35,537  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$ 916   $ —     $ —     $ 17   $ 933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 26,912   $ 3,375   $ 2,898   $ 1,419   $ 34,604  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Receivables:

Ending balance

$ 1,587,567   $ 213,757   $ 305,552   $ 30,828   $ 2,137,704  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$ 28,772   $ 4,988   $ 2,569   $ 586   $ 36,915  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 1,558,795   $ 208,769   $ 302,983   $ 30,242   $ 2,100,789  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount includes both home equity lines of credit and term loans
(2) Includes the unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses.

 

85


     For the Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Commercial     Home
Equity(1)
    Residential
Real Estate
    Other(2)     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

          

Beginning balance

   $ 34,227     $ 2,566     $ 903     $ 3,971     $ 41,667  

Charge-offs

     (51,265     (2,489     (249     (1,610     (55,613

Recoveries

     1,950       450       14       190       2,604  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

  (49,315   (2,039   (235   (1,420   (53,009

Provision for loan losses

  48,285     2,207     2,665     4,058     57,215  

Reserves transferred

  0     0     0     0     0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

$ 33,197   $ 2,734   $ 3,333   $ 6,609   $ 45,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$ 951   $ —     $ 98   $ —     $ 1,049  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 32,246   $ 2,734   $ 3,235   $ 6,609   $ 44,824  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Receivables:

Ending balance

$ 1,725,567   $ 238,562   $ 273,413   $ 38,618   $ 2,276,160  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$ 71,443   $ 4,756   $ 5,612   $ 631   $ 82,442  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 1,654,124   $ 233,806   $ 267,801   $ 37,987   $ 2,193,718  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount includes both home equity lines of credit and term loans
(2) Includes the unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses.

Risk Characteristics

Commercial Loans. Included in this segment is commercial and industrial, commercial real estate owner occupied, commercial real estate non-owner occupied, and land and development. Many of the Company’s commercial and industrial loans have a real estate component as part of the collateral securing the loan. Commercial real estate owner occupied loans rely on the cash flow from the successful operation of the borrower’s business to make repayment. If the operating company experiences difficulties in terms of sales volume and/or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Commercial real estate non-owner occupied loans rely on the payment of rent by third party tenants. The borrower’s ability to repay the loan or sell the property may be impacted by loss of tenants, lower lease rates needed to attract new tenants or the inability to sell a completed project in a timely fashion and at a profit. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily secured by assets of the business, such as accounts receivable and inventory. Due to the nature of the collateral securing these loans, the liquidation of these assets may be problematic and costly. Commercial real estate owner occupied and non-owner occupied loans are secured by the underlying properties. The local economy and real estate market affect the appraised value of these properties which may impact the ultimate repayment of these loans. Land and development loans are primarily repaid by the sale of the developed properties or by conversion to a permanent term loan. These loans are dependent upon the completion of the project on time and within budget, which may be impacted by general economic conditions. The Company requires cash collateral in an interest reserve in order to extend credit on construction projects to mitigate the credit risk.

Home Equity Loans. This segment consists of both home equity lines of credit and home equity term loans on single family residences. These loans rely on the personal income of the borrower for repayment which may be impacted by economic conditions, such as unemployment levels, interest rates and the housing market. These loans are primarily secured by second liens on properties, which serves as the secondary source of repayment. The secondary source of repayment may be impaired by the real estate market and local regulations. The Company ceased all home equity lines of credit and all home equity term loan origination activity in the second half of 2014.

Residential Real Estate Loans. Included in this segment are residential mortgages on single family residences. These loans rely on the personal income of the borrower for repayment which may be impacted by economic conditions, such as unemployment levels, interest rates and the housing market. These loans are primarily secured by liens on the underlying properties, which serves as the secondary source of repayment. The secondary source of repayment may be impaired by the real estate market and local regulations. Beginning in the third quarter of 2014, the Company ceased all origination activity for both its portfolio and for sale to the secondary market.

Other Loans. Other loans consist of personal credit lines, mobile home loans and consumer installment loans. These loans rely on the borrowers’ personal income for repayment and are either unsecured or secured by personal use assets and mobile homes. These loans may be impacted by economic conditions such as unemployment levels. The liquidation of the assets securing these loans may be difficult and costly.

The allowance for loan losses was $23.2 million, $35.5 million and $45.9 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans held-for-investment was 1.54%, 1.66% and 2.02% at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

86


The provision for loan losses charged to expense is based upon historical loan loss experience, a series of qualitative factors, and an evaluation of estimated losses in the current commercial loan portfolio, including the evaluation of impaired loans under FASB ASC 310. Values assigned to the qualitative factors and those developed from historic loss experience provide a dynamic basis for the calculation of reserve factors for both pass-rated loans (general pooled allowance) and those criticized and classified loans that continue to perform.

A loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. An insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments does not necessarily result in a loan being identified as impaired. For this purpose, delays less than 90 days are considered to be insignificant. Impairment losses are included in the provision for loan losses in the consolidated statements of operations. Impaired loans include accruing and non-accruing TDR loans. Loans not individually reviewed are evaluated as a group using reserve factor percentages based on historical loss and recovery experience and qualitative factors. Such loans generally include consumer loans, residential real estate loans, and small business loans. In determining the appropriate level of the general pooled allowance, management makes estimates based on internal risk ratings, which take into account such factors as debt service coverage, loan-to-value ratios, management’s abilities and external factors.

The following tables present the Company’s components of impaired loans, segregated by class of loans. Commercial and consumer loans that were collectively evaluated for impairment are not included in the data that follows:

 

Impaired Loans  

As of December 31, 2014

 
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Accrued
Interest
Income
Recognized
     Cash
Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial & industrial

   $ 147       $ 149       $ —         $ 161       $ 19       $ —     

Commercial & industrial, held-for-sale

     28         50         —           52         —           —     

CRE owner occupied

     3,297         4,499         —           3,875         —           —     

CRE owner occupied, held-for-sale

     32         74         —           136         —           —     

CRE non-owner occupied

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

CRE non-owner occupied, held-for-sale

     229         352         —           53         —           —     

Land and development

     140         223         —           181         —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Residential real estate

     4,852         5,587         3         4,513         —           97   

Residential real estate, held-for-sale

     3,478         4,984         —           1,365         —           —     

Home Equity Lines of Credit

     405         456         —           420         —           —     

Home Equity Lines of Credit, held-for-sale

     619         903         —           1,282         —           —     

Home Equity Term Loans

     1,347         1,863         —           1,385         —           —     

Home Equity Term Loans, held-for-sale

     3,266         4,743         —           3,735         —           —     

Other

     150         348         —           138         —           —     

With an allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial & industrial

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

CRE owner occupied

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Other

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

$ 3,873    $ 5,348    $ —      $ 4,458    $ 19    $ 97   

Total consumer

$ 14,118    $ 18,884    $ 3    $ 12,836    $ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


Impaired Loans

As of December 31, 2013

 
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Accrued
Interest
Income
Recognized
     Cash
Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial & industrial

   $ 3,206       $ 3,281       $ —         $ 1,884       $ —         $ —     

CRE owner occupied

     18,503         27,367         —           13,528         —           —     

CRE non-owner occupied

     1,969         2,251         —           66         —           —     

Land and development

     2,512         2,549         —           2,669         —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Residential real estate

     2,569         3,135         —           1,689         —           —     

Home Equity Lines of Credit

     3,749         5,051         —           3,132         —           —     

Home Equity Term Loans

     1,238         1,456         —           918         —           —     

Other

     560         1,567         —           481         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial:

Commercial & industrial

  423      425      423      73      —        —     

CRE owner occupied

  2,164      2,164      494      47      —        —     

Consumer:

Other

  26      27      17      16      —        —     

Total commercial

$ 28,777    $ 38,037    $ 917    $ 18,267    $ —      $ —     

Total consumer

$ 8,142    $ 11,236    $ 17    $ 6,236    $ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

As of December 31, 2012

 
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Accrued
Interest
Income
Recognized
     Cash
Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial & industrial

   $ 17,257       $ 19,094       $ —         $ 13,112       $ —         $ —     

Commercial & industrial, held for sale

     1,125         2,252            1,987         

CRE owner occupied

     22,586         42,558         —           18,650         —           —     

CRE owner occupied, held for sale

     5,596         17,091            11,217         

CRE non-owner occupied

     5,305         6,979         —           5,379         —           —     

CRE non-owner occupied, held for sale

     5,428         9,583            5,269         

Land and development

     20,649         31,333         —           22,321         —           —     

Land and development, held for sale

     589         2,124            1,255         

Consumer:

                 

Residential real estate

     5,428         5,852         —           4,176         —           —     

Home Equity Lines of Credit

     3,582         4,610         —           2,443         —           —     

Home Equity Term Loans

     1,174         1,285         —           864         —           —     

Other

     631         1,395         —           193         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial:

CRE owner occupied

  4,649      8,779      649      4,675      —        —     

Land and development

  997      1,013      302      287      —        —     

Consumer:

Residential Real Estate

  184      194      98      67      —        —     

Total commercial

$ 84,181    $ 140,806    $ 951    $ 84,152    $ —      $ —     

Total consumer

$ 10,999    $ 13,336    $ 98    $ 7,743    $ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


In accordance with FASB ASC 310, those impaired loans for which the collateral is sufficient to support the outstanding principal do not result in a specific allowance for loan losses. Included in impaired loans at December 31, 2014 were three TDRs for which the collateral is sufficient to support the outstanding principal, one of which was in accruing status. In addition, one of the TDRs at December 31, 2014 included a commitment to lend additional funds of $91 thousand as of December 31, 2014.

There were no new TDR agreements entered into during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. The following table presents an analysis of the Company’s TDR agreements entered into during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2013

 
     Number of
Contracts
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial and industrial

     1       $ 1,417       $ 1,392   

CRE owner occupied

     1         413         406   

Residential real estate

     1         199         197   

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012

 
     Number of
Contracts
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 

CRE owner occupied

     1       $ 8,955       $ 8,955   

CRE owner occupied

     1         272         265   

Residential real estate

     1         371         413   

The following tables present information regarding the types of concessions granted on loans that were restructured during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2013

     Number of
Contracts
     Concession Granted

Commercial and industrial

     1       Modified principal repayment terms.

CRE owner occupied

     1       Interest rate concession.

Residential real estate

     1       Modified term debt to interest only for a 6 month period.

Troubled Debt Restructurings for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012

     Number of
Contracts
     Concession Granted

CRE Owner occupied

     1       Reduction in the outstanding principal balance.

CRE non-owner occupied

     1       Interest rate concession.

Land and development

     1       Interest rate concession.

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have any TDR agreements that had subsequently defaulted that were entered into within the respective preceding twelve months. The residential real estate TDR as of December 31, 2013 returned to accrual status during 2014.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Defaulted

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 
     Number of
Contracts
     Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 

Land and development

     1       $ 748   

 

89


The following tables present the Company’s distribution of risk ratings loan portfolio, segregated by class, as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

Credit Quality Indicators

As of December 31, 2014

 
Credit Risk by Internally Assigned Grade  
     Commercial      Consumer  
     Commercial
& industrial
     CRE
owner
occupied
     CRE non-
owner
occupied
     Land and
development
     Home
equity
lines of
credit
     Home
equity
term loans
     Residential
real estate
     Other  

Grade:

                       

Pass

   $ 235,985      $ 267,018      $ 451,921      $ 70,018      $ 155,084      $ 16,819      $ 272,044      $ 5,902  

Special Mention

     6,304        6,669        —          —          —          —          —          —    

Substandard

     205        4,964        9,710        138        1,842        420        4,949        152  

Doubtful

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 242,494   $ 278,651   $ 461,631   $ 70,156   $ 156,926   $ 17,239   $ 276,993   $ 6,054  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

As of December 31, 2013

 
     Commercial      Consumer  
     Commercial
& industrial
     CRE
owner
occupied
     CRE non-
owner
occupied
     Land and
development
     Home
equity
lines of
credit
     Home
equity
term loans
     Residential
real estate
     Other  

Grade:

                       

Pass

   $ 415,875      $ 407,486      $ 550,426      $ 61,303      $ 181,796      $ 24,016      $ 299,625      $ 29,994  

Special Mention

     37,064        17,741        9,464        494        —          —          —          —    

Substandard

     25,372        41,051        16,194        2,509        6,682        1,263        5,927        809  

Doubtful

     423         2,164         —           —                    26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 478,734   $ 468,442   $ 576,084   $ 64,306   $ 188,478   $ 25,279   $ 305,552   $ 30,829  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

As of December 31, 2012

 
     Commercial      Consumer  
     Commercial
& industrial
     CRE
owner
occupied
     CRE non-
owner
occupied
     Land and
development
     Home
equity
lines of
credit
     Home
equity
term loans
     Residential
real estate
     Other  

Grade:

                       

Pass

   $ 479,983      $ 456,576      $ 544,645      $ 32,791      $ 200,429      $ 29,561      $ 265,139      $ 37,561  

Special Mention

     36,233        19,955        24,885        —          —          —          —          —    

Substandard

     40,750        51,294        15,327        23,128        7,291        1,281        8,274        1,057  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 556,966   $ 527,825   $ 584,857   $ 55,919   $ 207,720   $ 30,842   $ 273,413   $ 38,618  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s primary tool for assessing risk when evaluating a credit in terms of its underwriting, structure, documentation and eventual collectability is a risk rating system in which the loan is assigned a numeric value. Behind each numeric category is a defined set of characteristics reflective of the particular level of risk.

The risk rating system is based on a fourteen point grade using a two-digit scale. The upper seven grades are for “pass” categories, the middle grade is for the “criticized” category, while the lower six grades represent “classified” categories which are equivalent to the guidelines utilized by the OCC.

The portfolio manager is responsible for assigning, maintaining, and documenting accurate risk ratings for all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. The portfolio manager assigns a risk rating at the inception of the loan, reaffirms it annually, and adjusts the rating based on the performance of the loan. As part of the loan review process, a regional credit officer will review risk ratings for accuracy. The portfolio manager’s risk rating will also be reviewed periodically by the loan review department and the Bank’s regulators.

To calculate risk ratings in a consistent fashion, the Company uses a Risk Rating Methodology that assesses quantitative and qualitative components which include elements of the Company’s financial condition, abilities of management, position in the market, collateral and guarantor support and the impact of changing conditions. When combined with professional judgment, an overall risk rating is assigned.

 

90


The following tables present the Company’s analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

Aging of Receivables  

As of December 31, 2014

 
     30-59
Days
Past

Due
     60-89
Days
Past

Due
     90 Days
Past
Due
     Total
Past

Due
     Current      Total
Financing
Receivables
     Loans 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
 

Commercial:

                    

Commercial & industrial

   $ 4,212      $ 105      $ 151      $ 4,468      $ 238,026      $ 242,494      $ —    

CRE owner occupied

     1,685        23        1,321        3,029        275,622        278,651        —    

CRE non-owner occupied

     2,786        166        —          2,952        458,679        461,631        —    

Land and development

     —          —          140        140        70,016        70,156        —    

Consumer:

                    

Home equity lines of credit

     2,001        903        796        3,700        153,226        156,926        —    

Home equity term loans

     254        188        147        589        16,650        17,239        —    

Residential real estate

     4,183        670        3,719        8,572        268,421        276,993        —    

Other

     45        12        136        193        5,861        6,054        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 15,166   $ 2,069   $ 6,411   $ 23,643   $ 1,486,501   $ 1,510,144   $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Aging of Receivables  

As of December 31, 2013

 
     30-59
Days
Past

Due
     60-89
Days
Past

Due
     90 Days
Past
Due
     Total
Past

Due
     Current      Total
Financing
Receivables
     Loans 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
 

Commercial:

                    

Commercial & industrial

   $ 9,149      $ 2,726      $ 3,452      $ 15,327      $ 463,407      $ 478,734      $ —    

CRE owner occupied

     4,901        5,865        3,753        14,519        453,923        468,442        —    

CRE non-owner occupied

     899        4,661        1,070        6,630        569,454        576,084        —    

Land and development

     —          —          2,512        2,512        61,794        64,306        —    

Consumer:

                    

Home equity lines of credit

     3,030        1,457        2,324        6,811        181,667        188,478        —    

Home equity term loans

     1,032        223        825        2,080        23,199        25,279        —    

Residential real estate

     12,776        1,927        1,086        15,789        289,763        305,552        —    

Other

     340        202        378        920        29,909        30,829        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 32,127   $ 17,061   $ 15,400   $ 64,588   $ 2,073,116   $ 2,137,704   $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Aging of Receivables  

As of December 31, 2012

 
     30-59
Days
Past

Due
     60-89
Days
Past

Due
     90 Days
Past
Due
     Total
Past

Due
     Current      Total
Financing
Receivables
     Loans 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
 

Commercial:

                    

Commercial & industrial

   $ 3,192      $ 797      $ 2,350      $ 6,339      $ 550,627      $ 556,966      $ —    

CRE owner occupied

     5,828        223        10,811        16,862        510,963        527,825        —    

CRE non-owner occupied

     4,037        1        2,974        7,012        577,845        584,857        —    

Land and development

     3,823        —          12,139        15,962        39,957        55,919        —    

Consumer:

                    

Home equity lines of credit

     2,296        880        2,518        5,694        202,026        207,720        —    

Home equity term loans

     960        340        972        2,272        28,570        30,842        —    

Residential real estate

     8,387        328        5,288        14,003        259,410        273,413        —    

Other

     599        273        499        1,371        37,247        38,618        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 29,122   $ 2,842   $ 37,551   $ 69,515   $ 2,206,645   $ 2,276,160   $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

91


7. RESTRICTED EQUITY INVESTMENTS

The Company, through the Bank, is a member of the FRB, the FHLBNY and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank, and is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of each. These investments are restricted in that they can only be redeemed by the issuer at par value. These securities are carried at cost and the Company did not identify any events or changes in circumstances that may have had an adverse effect on the value of the investments in accordance with FASB ASC 942, Financial Services – Depository and Lending. As of December 31, 2014, management does not believe that an impairment of these holdings exists and expects to recover the entire cost of these securities.

The Company’s restricted equity investments at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

RESTRICTED EQUITY INVESTMENTS

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

FRB stock

   $ 9,168       $ 9,870   

FHLBNY stock

     5,645         7,001   

Atlantic Central Bankers Bank stock

     148         148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 14,961    $ 17,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. BANK PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT

Bank properties and equipment consist of the following major classifications:

SUMMARY OF BANK PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Land

   $ 8,060       $ 8,998   

Buildings

     27,293         30,624   

Capital lease

     8,630         8,630   

Leasehold improvements and equipment

     40,435         46,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bank properties and equipment

  84,418      95,214   

Accumulated depreciation

  (44,263   (46,119
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank properties and equipment, net

$ 40,155    $ 49,095   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recognized depreciation expense of $5.7 million, $5.5 million and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

9. REAL ESTATE OWNED

Real estate owned consisted of the following:

SUMMARY OF REAL ESTATE OWNED

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Commercial properties

   $ 90       $ 1,227  

Residential properties

     54         1,276  

Bank properties

     378         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 522    $ 2,503  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

SUMMARY OF REAL ESTATE OWNED ACTIVITY

 

     Underlying Property         

At or for the year ended December 31, 2014

   Commercial
Properties
     Residential
Properties
     Bank
Properties
     Total  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 1,227      $ 1,276      $ —        $ 2,503  

Transfers into real estate owned

     —           567         378         945  

Sale of real estate owned

     (373      (1,722      (0      (2,095

Write down of real estate owned

     (764      (67      —           (831
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

$ 90   $ 54   $ 378   $ 522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

92


During 2014, the Company transferred $945 thousand in book value of loans into real estate owned, including one bank property for $378 thousand and four residential properties for $567 thousand. In 2014, the Company recorded $831 thousand of write-downs of real estate owned, including $764 thousand on the carrying value of two commercial properties and $67 thousand on the carrying value of one residential property. There was one commercial property and 15 residential properties, with carrying amounts of $373 thousand and $1.7 million, respectively, sold during the year ended December 31, 2014, which resulted in a net loss of $469 thousand, which is included in real estate owned expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2014, the Company maintained three properties in the real estate owned portfolio.

Expenses applicable to real estate owned include the following:

REAL ESTATE OWNED EXPENSES, NET

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  

Net loss on sales of real estate

   $ 469       $ 1,209       $ 345   

Write-down of real estate owned

     831         75         1,433  

Operating expenses, net of rental income

     424         986         580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

— Total

$ 1,724    $ 2,270    $ 2,358  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In accordance with FASB ASC 350, the Company tests goodwill for impairment annually at year end and the current year analysis was performed at December 31, 2014. The Company has one reportable operating segment, “Community Banking,” and there are no components to this operating segment.

In performing step one of the impairment analysis as defined by FASB ASC 350, the market value assigned to the Company’s stock was based upon an acquisition value relative to recent acquisition transactions by companies in the Company’s geographic proximity and comparable size. The acquisition value is sensitive to both the fluctuation of the Company’s stock price and the stock price and equity of peer companies. The analysis resulted in an estimated Company fair value above its carrying value, and therefore the Company was deemed to have no goodwill impairment during 2014, 2013 and 2012. The total accumulated goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2014 was $89.7 million.

The Company has a core deposit premium intangible asset that resulted from previous acquisitions. The asset is fully amortized as of December 31, 2014. The carrying value of this asset was $805 thousand, at December 31, 2013. The Company incurred amortization expense of $805 thousand, $2.5 million and $3.7 million on its core deposit intangible during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

11. DEPOSITS

Deposits consist of the following major classifications:

SUMMARY OF DEPOSITS

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Interest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 861,914       $ 1,179,292   

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

     548,064         561,006   

Savings deposits

     224,017         266,573   

Time deposits under $100,000

     231,111         300,309   

Time deposits $100,000 or more

     150,977         206,461   

Brokered time deposits

     75,821         107,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 2,091,904    $ 2,621,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of time deposits by year of maturity is as follows:

MATURITIES OF TIME DEPOSITS(1)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   Amount  

2015

     302,941   

2016

     56,647   

2017

     62,942   

2018

     22,344   

2019

     8,507   

Thereafter

     4,528   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 457,909   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include brokered time deposits.

 

93


A summary of interest expense on deposits is as follows:

SUMMARY OF INTEREST EXPENSE

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  

Savings deposits

   $ 671       $ 844       $ 900   

Time deposits

     4,818         6,277         7,875   

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     2,869         4,228         4,778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 8,358    $ 11,349    $ 13,553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF NEW YORK

At December 31, 2014, the Company had fixed-rate advances from the FHLBNY of $60.8 million, with maturity dates through 2022 and interest rates ranging from 1.60% to 5.87%. These advances require quarterly interest payments and balloon principal payments at maturity. At December 31, 2013, the Company had fixed-rate advances from the FHLBNY of $61.0 million, with maturity dates through 2022 and interest rates ranging from 1.60% to 5.87%. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 2.07% and 2.08%, respectively. Interest expense on advances from the FHLBNY was $1.3 million, $1.3 million and $425 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in interest on funds borrowed on the consolidated statements of operations.

The contractual maturities of the Company’s fixed-rate advances from the FHLBNY at December 31, 2014 were as follows:

CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES OF ADVANCES FROM THE FHLBNY

 

Years Ended December 31,

   Amount  

2014

     —     

2015

     —     

2016

     —     

2017

     —     

2018

     787   

Thereafter

     60,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 60,787   
  

 

 

 

13. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES HELD BY TRUSTS THAT ISSUED CAPITAL DEBT

The Company has established Issuer Trusts that have issued guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. These Issuer Trusts are variable interest entities under FASB ASC 810-10, Consolidation (“FASB ASC 810-10”).

In accordance with FASB ASC 810-10, all the Issuer Trusts outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are deconsolidated. The junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to the Issuer Trusts at December 31, 2014 and 2013 of $92.8 million are reflected as junior subordinated debentures in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company records interest expense on the corresponding debentures in its consolidated statements of operations. The Company also recorded the common capital securities of $2.8 million issued by the Issuer Trusts in other assets in its consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

94


The following is a summary of the outstanding capital securities issued by each Issuer Trust and the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to each Issuer Trust as of December 31, 2014.

SUMMARY OF CAPITAL SECURITIES AND JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

December 31, 2014

   Capital Securities    Junior Subordinated Debentures

Issuer Trust

   Issuance Date    Stated
Value
    

Distribution Rate

   Principal
Amount
     Maturity    Redeemable
Beginning

Sun Capital Trust V

   December 18, 2003    $ 15,000      

3-mo LIBOR plus 2.80%

   $ 15,464       December 30, 2033    December 30, 2008

Sun Capital Trust VI

   December 19, 2003      25,000      

3-mo LIBOR plus 2.80%

     25,774       January 23, 2034    January 23, 2009

Sun Statutory Trust VII

   January 17, 2006      30,000      

3-mo LIBOR plus 1.35%

     30,928       March 15, 2036    March 15, 2011

Sun Capital Trust VII

   April 19, 2007      10,000      

3-mo LIBOR plus 1.53%

     10,310       June 30, 2037    June 30, 2012

Sun Capital Trust VIII

   July 5, 2007      10,000      

3-mo LIBOR plus 1.39%

     10,310       October 1, 2037    October 1, 2012
     

 

 

       

 

 

       
$ 90,000    $ 92,786   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2014, the capital securities are eligible for redemption. As a result of the current interest environment, the Company has elected not to call these securities; however the Company maintains the right to call these securities in the future on the respective payment anniversary dates.

The Company’s capital securities are deconsolidated in accordance with GAAP and qualify as Tier 1 capital under federal regulatory guidelines. These instruments are subject to a 25% capital limitation under risk-based capital guidelines developed by the FRB. In March 2005, the FRB amended its risk-based capital standards to expressly allow the continued limited inclusion of outstanding and prospective issuances of capital securities in a bank holding company’s Tier 1 capital, subject to tightened quantitative limits. The FRB’s amended rule was to become effective March 31, 2009, and would have limited capital securities and other restricted core capital elements to 25% of all core capital elements, net of goodwill, less any associated deferred tax liability. On March 16, 2009, the FRB extended for two years the ability of bank holding companies to include restricted core capital elements as Tier 1 capital up to 25% of all core capital elements, including goodwill. The portion that exceeds the 25% capital limitation qualifies as Tier 2, or supplementary capital of the Company. Management currently operates under a capital plan for the Company and the Bank that is expected to allow the Company and the Bank to maintain regulatory capital levels at or above the levels set for them.

The Issuer Trusts are wholly owned unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Company and have no independent operations. The obligations of Issuer Trusts are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. The debentures are unsecured and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company. Interest on the debentures is cumulative and payable in arrears. Proceeds from any redemption of debentures would cause a mandatory redemption of capital securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the principal amount of debentures redeemed.

The interest rates on the junior subordinated debentures reset on a quarterly basis and interest payments are made on a quarterly basis. The three-month LIBOR rate at December 31, 2014 was 0.26%. The Company maintains sufficient cash to fund junior subordinated debenture interest obligations. Cash balances at the Company totaled $29.8 million at December 31, 2014. Should a dividend from the Bank be necessary to fund the junior subordinated debenture interest obligations of the holding company, prior approval by the OCC would be required. Per the OCC Agreement, a dividend may only be declared if it is in accordance with the approved capital plan, the Bank remains in compliance with the capital plan following the payment of the dividend and the dividend is approved by the OCC. See Note 21 for additional information on dividend limitations.

14. STOCK-BASED INCENTIVE PLANS

The purpose of the Company’s stock-based incentive plans is to attract and retain personnel for positions of substantial responsibility and to establish an effective link between incentive compensation and performance for officers and employees with the Company’s stockholders by rewarding actions that result in building long-term shareholder value.

In June 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Performance Equity Plan (the “2014 Performance Plan”). The 2014 Performance Plan authorizes the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of common stock pursuant to awards that may be granted in the form of Options at an exercise price which shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2014, no shares have been issued under the 2014 Performance Plan.

In September 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Stock-Based Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). The 2010 Plan authorizes the issuance of 980,000 shares of common stock pursuant to awards that may be granted in the form of Options to purchase common stock and Stock Awards of common stock. The maximum number of Stock Awards may not exceed 280,000 shares. At December 31, 2014, the amount of common stock available under the 2010 Plan was 529,480 shares, of which 1,256 shares are available for issuance as stock awards. Under the 2010 Plan, Options expire ten years after the date of grant, unless terminated earlier under the Option terms. For both Options and Stock Awards, a Committee of non-employee directors has the authority to determine the conditions upon which the Options granted will vest. At December 31, 2014, there were 255,220 Options and 423,992 Stock Awards granted and 83,444 Options and 145,248 Stock Awards forfeited under the 2010 Plan. There are 170,416 Options and 248,654 Stock Awards outstanding under the 2010 Plan at December 31, 2014.

In September 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Performance Equity Plan (the “2010 Performance Plan”). The 2010 Performance Plan authorizes the issuance of 540,000 shares of common stock pursuant to awards that may be granted in the form of Options at an exercise price which is 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Under the 2010 Performance Plan, the performance incentives required that the Company’s return on assets target metrics be achieved by

 

95


December 31, 2013 in order for such equity awards to be earned or such awards were to be forfeited. As of December 31, 2013, target metrics had not been achieved, which resulted in the forfeiture of all outstanding stock option awards made pursuant to the 2010 Performance Plan. Shares underlying such options were returned to plan reserves under the terms of 2010 Performance Plan. The 2010 Performance Plan was terminated in May 2014.

The 2004 Stock Plan, as amended in 2009, (the “2004 Plan”), authorized the issuance of 500,085 shares of common stock pursuant to awards that could have been granted in the form of Options to purchase common stock and Stock Awards of common stock. As the 2004 Stock Plan, as amended expired in 2014, no shares of common stock are available for future grants under the this Plan. Options previously issued under the 2004 Stock Plan expire 10 years after the date of grant, unless terminated earlier under the Option terms. For both Options and Stock Awards, a Committee of non-employee directors had the authority to determine the conditions upon which the Options granted would vest. There were no Stock Awards or Options issued from the 2004 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. There are 148,485 Options and no Stock Awards outstanding under the 2004 Plan at December 31, 2014.

There are no equity compensation plans providing for the issuance of shares of the Company which were not approved by the shareholders.

Options outstanding under the 2004 and 2010 Plans are as follows:

SUMMARY OF STOCK OPTIONS GRANTED AND OUTSTANDING

 

     Incentive      Nonqualified      Total  

Options granted and outstanding:

        

December 31, 2014 at prices ranging from $14.25 to $87.45 per share

     111,605         207,296         318,901   

December 31, 2013 at prices ranging from $14.25 to $87.45 per share

     112,546         186,561         299,107   

December 31, 2012 at prices ranging from $14.25 to $87.45 per share

     160,630         190,012         350,642   

Activity in the stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively was as follows:

SUMMARY OF STOCK OPTION ACTIVITY (1)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  
     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average

Exercise
Price
     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average

Exercise
Price
     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Options outstanding, beginning of year

     299,107      $ 36.80         350,642      $ 36.75         565,615      $ 39.70   

Granted

     144,296        19.33         19,222        17.95         46,529        14.60   

Exercised

     (802     14.98         (559     14.25         —          —     

Forfeited

     (24,324     17.12         (30,758     17.40         (19,423     18.95   

Expired

     (98,579     43.63         (39,440     43.05         (242,079     40.80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding, end of year

  318,901    $ 28.34      299,107    $ 36.75      350,642    $ 36.75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options exercisable, end of year

  161,984    $ 37.14      249,853    $ 40.50      235,755    $ 43.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options vested or expected to vest (2)

  287,202    $ 29.34      249,176    $ 37.40      306,225    $ 37.30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  Prior periods were retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014.
(2)  Includes vested shares and nonvested shares after a forfeiture rate assumption, which is based upon historical data, is applied.

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of Options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $8.70, $9.25 and $7.60, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of Options outstanding at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $188 thousand, $70, and $132 thousand, respectively.

During 2014 and 2013, 802 and 559 shares were exercised for total proceeds of $16 thousand and $8 thousand, respectively. No Options were exercised during 2012. The aggregate intrinsic value of Options exercisable at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $46 thousand, $19, and $0, respectively.

 

96


A summary of the Company’s nonvested Options at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are presented in the following table:

SUMMARY OF NONVESTED OPTION ACTIVITY (1)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested Options outstanding, beginning of year

     49,254      $ 17.75         116,948      $ 24.15         158,105      $ 29.50   

Granted

     144,296        8.70         19,222        17.95         46,529        14.60   

Vested

     (12,309     8.44         (56,158     31.30         (68,263     31.50   

Forfeited

     (24,324     7.91         (30,758     17.40         (19,423     18.95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested Options outstanding, end of year

  156,917    $ 11.68      49,254    $ 17.75      116,948    $ 24.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  Prior periods were retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014.

At December 31, 2014, there was $837 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to Options granted under the stock option plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years.

A summary of the Company’s nonvested Stock Awards at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are presented in the following table:

SUMMARY OF NONVESTED STOCK AWARD ACTIVITY (1)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested Stock Awards outstanding, beginning of year

     86,366      $ 15.65         127,807      $ 16.50         35,197      $ 30..35   

Issued

     218,824        14.14         87,534        17.70         117,627        14.40   

Vested

     (21,930     17.05         (19,980     23.65         (21,202     27.85   

Forfeited

     (34,606     15.41         (108,995     16.85         (3,815     16.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested Stock Awards outstanding, end of year

  248,654    $ 14.22      86,366    $ 15.65      127,807    $ 16.50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  Prior periods were retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014.

During 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company issued 218,824, 87,534, and 117,627 shares of Stock Awards, respectively, that were valued at $3.1 million, $1.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively, at the time these Stock Awards were granted. The value of these shares is based upon the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. At December 31, 2014, there was $3.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to these Stock Awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years. The total compensation expense recognized on Stock Awards which vested during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $359 thousand, $263 thousand and $469 thousand, respectively.

15. EMPLOYEE AND DIRECTOR STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

In 1997, the Company adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and a Directors Stock Purchase Plan (“DSPP”) (collectively, the “Purchase Plans”). Under the ESPP, as amended and restated in 2009, 323,254 shares were reserved for issuance. Under the DSPP, as amended and restated in 2013, 319,216 shares were reserved for issuance. Under the terms of the Purchase Plans, the Company grants participants an option to purchase shares of Company common stock with an exercise price equal to 95% of market prices. Under the ESPP, employees are permitted, through payroll deduction, to purchase up to $25,000 of fair market value of the Company’s common stock per year. Under the DSPP, directors are permitted to remit funds, on a regular basis, to purchase up to $25,000 of fair market value of the Company’s common stock per year. Participants incur no brokerage commissions or service charges for purchases made under the Purchase Plans. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 there were 3,920 shares, 7,243 shares and 7,757 shares, respectively, purchased through the ESPP. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were 4,606 shares, 3,101 shares and 3,351 shares, respectively, purchased through the DSPP. As of October 31, 2014, the ESPP and DSPP, as amended and restated, were terminated, and all shares held in the Purchase Plans were distributed to participants.

 

97


16. BENEFITS

The Company has established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for all qualified employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan following completion of 90 days of service and attaining age 21. The Company’s match begins after one year of service. Vesting in the Company’s match contribution accrues evenly over four years. Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, employees can contribute up to 75% of their compensation to the maximum allowed by law. The Company will match 50% of the first 6% of the base contribution that an employee contributes. The Company match consists of a contribution of the Company’s common stock, at market value. The Company’s contribution to the 401(k) Plan was $566 thousand, $705 thousand and $670 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In April 2009, the Company established the Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan, a deferred stock compensation plan for members of its Board of Directors (the “Directors’ Plan”). The Directors’ Plan provides Directors with the opportunity to defer, for tax planning purposes, receipt of all or a portion of any Sun Bancorp, Inc. stock earned as compensation. The Directors’ Plan balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $599 thousand and $522 thousand, respectively. Effective January 1, 2015, the Company match was changed to 100% of the first 3% and 50% of the next 2% of the base contribution that an employee contributes. The Company match will be paid at the end of each year and 100% of the match will immediately vest.

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company, from time to time, may be a defendant in legal proceedings related to the conduct of its business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes that the liabilities, if any, arising from such litigation and claims will not be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Letters of Credit. In the normal course of business, the Company has various commitments and contingent liabilities, such as customers’ letters of credit (including standby letters of credit of $17.5 million and $34.6 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively), which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments. The Company maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit which is reported in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition consistent with FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments. As of December 31, 2014, the Company records estimated losses inherent with unfunded loan commitments in accordance with FASB ASC 450, Contingencies, and estimated future obligations under letters of credit in accordance with FASB ASC 460, Guarantees. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is integrated in the Company’s process for establishing the allowance for loan losses and considers the probability of future losses and obligations that may be incurred under these off-balance sheet agreements. The reserve for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $603 thousand and $454 thousand, respectively. Management believes this reserve level is sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to these commitments.

Reserve for residential mortgage loans sold with recourse. The Company maintains a reserve for residential mortgage loans sold with recourse to third-party purchasers which is reported in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition. As of December 31, 2014, the Company records estimated losses inherent with residential mortgage loans sold with recourse in accordance with FASB ASC 450, Contingencies. This reserve is determined based upon the probability of future losses which is calculated using historical Company and industry loss data. The reserve for residential mortgage loan recourse as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $758 thousand and $647 thousand, respectively. Two residential mortgage loans with outstanding principal of $716 thousand were repurchased in 2014. Management believes this reserve level is sufficient to address potential recourse exposure.

Leases. The following is a schedule of the Company’s future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 2014:

FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS UNDER OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES

 

Years Ended December 31,

   Amount  

2015

     797   

2016

     839   

2017

     839   

2018

     839   

2019

     839   

Thereafter

     6,143   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

  10,296   

Less: Amount representing interest

  3,260   
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payment, net

$ 7,036   
  

 

 

 

 

98


The following table shows future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more at December 31, 2014. Future minimum receipts under sub-lease agreements are deemed not material.

FUTURE MINIMUM PAYMENTS UNDER NONCANCELABLE OPERATING LEASES

 

Years Ended December 31,

   Amount  

2015

     4,842   

2016

     4,644   

2017

     4,053   

2018

     2,747   

2019

     2,197   

Thereafter

     7,950   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$ 26,433   
  

 

 

 

Rental expense, which is included in occupancy expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for all leases was $7.6 million, $5.4 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

During 2014, the Company identified seven leased facilities which have been either fully or partially vacated as a part of the implementation of the Company’s overall restructuring plan. As a result, during 2014, the Company recognized a charge of $2.7 million for leased office vacancy charges. For each of these leased facilities, a discounted cash flow analysis was performed over the remaining life of the lease inclusive of a sub-lease assumption based on current market rates, if applicable. At December 31, 2014, the Company has a liability of $3.9 million associated with these lease vacancy costs. Prior to the recording of the charge noted above, the Company had an existing liability of $1.2 million for straight-line rent recognition on these leases as required FASB ASC 840, Leases.

In 2014, the Company renegotiated its existing lease with a related party for its operations facility in Vineland, New Jersey which resulted in a change in the lease termination from October 2027 to October 2017. In connection with the renegotiation, the Company made a one-time payment of $583 thousand in January 2015 to the landlord and the monthly payments were adjusted retroactively to November 2014. As this facility was partially vacated in 2014, this payment was included in the overall analysis to determine the lease vacancy charge noted above.

18. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Derivative financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market and credit risk. The Company manages these risks as part of its asset and liability management process and through credit policies and procedures. The Company seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk by establishing credit limits and collateral agreements. The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments to enhance its ability to manage interest rate risk that exists as part of its ongoing business operations. In general, the derivative transactions entered into by the Company fall into one of two types: a fair value hedge of a specific fixed-rate loan agreement and an economic hedge of a derivative offering to a Bank customer. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

Fair Value Hedges - Interest Rate Swaps. The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements to hedge interest rate risk. The designated hedged items are subordinated notes related to commercial loans that provide a fixed interest receipt for the Company. The interest rate risk is the uncertainty of future interest rate levels and the impact of changes in rates on the fair value of the loans. The hedging of interest rate risk is intended to reduce the volatility of the fair value of the loans due to changes in the interest rate market.

The Company previously entered into interest rate swaps with a counterparty whereby the Company makes payments based on a fixed interest rate and receives payments from the counterparty based on a floating interest rate, both calculated based on the principal amount of the underlying subordinated note, without the exchange of the underlying principal. The Company no longer enters into these interest rate swap transactions, the last of which occurred in August 2007. The interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“FASB ASC 815”). The critical terms assessed by the Company for each hedge of subordinated notes include the notional amounts of the swap compared to the principal amount of the notes, expiration/maturity dates, benchmark interest rate, prepayment terms and cash payment dates. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total outstanding notional amount of these swaps was $8.9 million and $21.2 million, respectively. For each of these swap agreements, the floating rate is based on the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) paid on the first day of the month which matches the interest payment date on each subordinated note. The expiration dates for these swap agreements range from February 1, 2015 to August 1, 2022 and are consistent with the underlying subordinated note maturities and the swaps had a fair value of $0 at inception. At hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, conditions supporting hedge effectiveness are evaluated. The Company believes that all conditions required in paragraph ASC 815-20-25-104 have been met, as all terms of the subordinated note and the interest rate swap match. Because the Company’s evaluations have concluded that the critical terms of the subordinated notes and the interest rate swaps meet the criteria outlined in ASC 815-20-25-104, the “short-cut” method of accounting is applied, which assumes there is no ineffectiveness of a hedging arrangement’s ability to hedge risk as changes in the interest rate component of the swaps’ fair value are expected to exactly offset the corresponding changes in the fair value of the underlying subordinated notes, as described above. Because the hedging arrangement is considered perfectly effective, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered in the valuation of these instruments do not result in a net impact to earnings; however, there may be fair value adjustments related to credit quality variations between counterparties, which may impact earnings as required by FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“FASB ASC 820”). The fair value adjustments related to credit quality were not material as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

99


The following tables provide information pertaining to interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC 815 at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

SUMMARY OF INTEREST RATE SWAPS DESIGNATED AS FAIR VALUE HEDGES

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Balance Sheet Location

   Notional      Fair Value      Notional      Fair Value  

Other liabilities

   $ 8,937       $ (765    $ 21,172       $ (1,632

SUMMARY OF INTEREST RATE SWAPS COMPONENTS

 

December 31,

   2014     2013  

Weighted average pay rate

     7.24     6.94 % 

Weighted average receive rate

     2.09     2.04 % 

Weighted average maturity in years

     2.05        1.9   

Customer Derivatives – Interest Rate Swaps/Floors. The Company enters into interest rate swaps that allow our commercial loan customers to effectively convert a variable-rate commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. Under these agreements, the Company enters into a variable-rate loan agreement with a customer in addition to an interest rate swap agreement, which serves to effectively swap the customer’s variable-rate into a fixed-rate. The Company then enters into a corresponding swap agreement with a third party in order to economically hedge its exposure through the customer agreement. The interest rate swaps with both the customers and third parties are not designated as hedges under FASB ASC 815 and are marked to market through earnings. As the interest rate swaps are structured to offset each other, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered in the valuation of these instruments do not result in an impact to earnings; however, there may be fair value adjustments related to credit quality variations between counterparties, which may impact earnings as required by FASB ASC 820. The Company recognized $1.2 million, $1.6 million and $2.3 million in negative fair value adjustment charges during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These balances included swap termination fees of $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $2.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These amounts are included in the derivative credit valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction to other income.

SUMMARY OF INTEREST RATE SWAPS NOT DESIGNATED AS HEDGING INSTRUMENTS

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Balance Sheet Location

   Notional      Fair Value      Notional      Fair Value  

Other assets

   $ 174,524       $ 12,294       $ 251,207       $ 23,299   

Other liabilities

     174,524         (12,419      251,207         (23,526

The Company has an International Swaps and Derivatives Association agreement with a third party that requires a minimum dollar transfer amount upon a margin call. This requirement is dependent on certain specified credit measures. The amount of collateral posted with the third party at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $29.2 million and $33.9 million, respectively. The amount of collateral posted with the third party is deemed to be sufficient to collateralize both the fair market value change as well as any additional amounts that may be required as a result of a change in the specified credit measures. The aggregate fair value of all derivative financial instruments in a liability position with credit measure contingencies and entered into with the third party was $13.2 million and $25.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgages. As a part of its normal residential mortgage operations, the Bank will enter into an interest rate lock commitment with a potential borrower. The Bank enters into a corresponding commitment to an investor to sell that loan at a specific price shortly after origination. In accordance with FASB ASC 820, adjustments are recorded through earnings in mortgage banking revenue, net in the consolidated statements of operations to account for the net change in fair value of these transactions. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $119 thousand and $728 thousand in negative fair value adjustments, respectively. The interest rate lock commitment had total notional amounts of $0 and $12.8 million for the held-for-sale pipeline, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

100


19. INCOME TAXES

The income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

SUMMARY OF INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  

Current

   $ 4       $ —         $ (34

Deferred

     1,313         297         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

$ 1,317    $ 297    $ (34 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Items that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax accounts are as follows:

DETAILS OF DEFERRED TAX ASSET (LIABILITY), NET

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Deferred tax asset:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 9,742       $ 14,702   

Impairments realized on investment securities

     490         490   

Fixed assets

     4,720         4,354   

Net operating loss carry forwards

     111,593         96,117   

Unrealized loss on investment securities

     95         4,872   

Alternative minimum tax credits

     2,010         2,010   

Other

     6,603         4,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

  135,253      127,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: valuation allowance

  (132,646   (119,349

Deferred tax liability:

Core deposit intangible amortization

  —        103   

Goodwill amortization

  1,610      297   

Deferred loan costs

  2,211      2,496   

Other

  300      310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liability

  4,121      3,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

$ (1,514 $ 4,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has $264.3 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2014 of which $38.4 million will expire in 2030, $112.5 million will expire in 2031, $50.0 million will expire in 2032, $25.7 million will expire in 2033 and $37.7 million will expire in 2034. The Bank also has $326.5 million of state net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2014 of which $3.0 million expire in 2015, $37.43 million expire in 2029, $74.7 million expire in 2030, $109.8 million expire in 2031, $45.2 million expire in 2032, $22.3 million expire in 2033 and $34.1 million expire in 2034.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had a valuation allowance of $132.6 million against the gross deferred tax asset as it is more likely than not that the full deferred tax asset will not be realized. Management considered all positive and negative evidence regarding the ultimate ability to fully realize the deferred tax assets, including past operating results and the forecast of future taxable income. In addition, the Company is a three-year cumulative loss company. The net deferred tax liability of $1.5 million relates primarily to deferred taxes owed on indefinite-lived intangible assets. Tax expense of $1.3 million and $297 thousand was recorded in 2014 and 2013, respectively, relating to the deferred tax liability on the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets that is not available to offset existing deferred tax assets.

The provision for income taxes differs from that computed at the statutory rate as follows:

RECONCILIATION OF FEDERAL STATUTORY INCOME TAX

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014     2013     2012  
     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %  

Loss before income taxes

   $ (28,491     $ (9,646     $ (50,525  

Tax computed at statutory rate

     (9,972     35.0 %      (3,377     35.0     (17,683     35.0

(Decrease) increase in charge resulting from:

            

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (1,606     5.6        (635     6.6        (3,040     6.0   

Tax exempt interest (net)

     (469     1.7        (530     5.5        (638     1.3   

BOLI

     (664     2.3        (659     6.8        (695     1.4   

Valuation allowance

     13,297        (46.7     5,067        (52.5     21,981        (43.5

Other, net

     731        (2.5     431        (4.5     41        (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

$ 1,317      (4.6 )%  $ 297      (3.1 )%  $ (34   0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

101


FASB ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined in ASC 740 as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. ASC 740 was applied to all existing tax positions upon initial adoption. There was no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014 or 2013.

The Company recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes in the results of operations. As of December 31, 2014, the 2011 through 2014 tax years were subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and to state examination. During 2012, the IRS completed its examination of the Company’s 2008 through 2010 tax returns, which did not result in any material change to the Company’s tax position.

20. LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, net of any treasury shares, during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, net of any treasury shares, after consideration of the potential dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, based upon the treasury stock method using an average market price for the period.

Loss per share was calculated as follows:

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE COMPUTATION

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  

Net loss

   $ (29,808    $ (9,943    $ (50,491
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

$ (29,808 $ (9,943 $ (50,491
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding

  17,830,018      17,283,162      17,187,742   

Net effect of dilutive stock options

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive common shares outstanding

  17,830,018      17,283,162      17,187,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss per share – basic(1)

$ (1.67 $ (0.58 $ (2.94

Loss per share – diluted(1)

$ (1.67 $ (0.58 $ (2.94
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior period data is retroactively adjusted for the impact of a 1-for-5 reverse stock split on August 11, 2014.

21. REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is subject to risk-based capital guidelines adopted by the FRB for bank holding companies. The Bank is also subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the OCC. Under the requirements the federal bank regulatory agencies have established quantitative measures to ensure that minimum thresholds for Total Capital, Tier 1 Capital and Leverage (Tier 1 Capital divided by average assets) ratios (set forth in the table below) are maintained. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory practices.

Prior to January 1, 2015, the OCC’s capital regulations required national banks to meet four minimum capital ratios: a 1.5% Tangible capital ratio, a 4.0% Tier 1 leverage capital ratio, a 4.0% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and an 8.0% Total risk-based capital ratio. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued the Final Capital Rules. The Final Capital Rules revised the quantity and quality of required minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements applicable to the Bank, consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III capital standards. The Final Capital Rules revised the quantity and quality of capital required by (1) establishing a new minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; (2) raising the minimum capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets; (3) maintaining the minimum total capital ratio of 8.0% of risk-weighted assets; and (4) maintaining a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.0%.

Furthermore, the Final Capital Rules added a requirement for a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, or the Conservation Buffer, to be applied to the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the total capital ratio. The required minimum Conservation Buffer will be phased in incrementally between 2016 and 2019. If a bank’s or bank holding company’s Conservation Buffer is less than the required minimum and its net income for the four calendar quarters

 

102


preceding the applicable calendar quarter, net of any capital distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income, or Eligible Retained Income, is negative, it would be prohibited from making capital distributions or certain discretionary cash bonus payments to executive officers. As a result, under the Final Capital Rules, should we fail to maintain the Conservation Buffer we would be subject to limits on, and in the event we have negative Eligible Retained Income for any four consecutive calendar quarters, we would be prohibited in, our ability to obtain capital distributions from the Bank.

The following table provides both the Company’s and the Bank’s risk-based capital ratios as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

REGULATORY CAPITAL LEVELS

 

     Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions(1)
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

December 31, 2014

               

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

   $ 317,945         19.25   $ 132,147         8.00        N/A   

Sun National Bank

     286,374         17.37        131,876         8.00      $ 164,844         10.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

     276,349         16.73        66,073         4.00        N/A   

Sun National Bank

     265,728         16.12        65,938         4.00        98,907         6.00   

Leverage Ratio:

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

     276,349         10.06        109,894         4.00        N/A   

Sun National Bank

     265,728         9.68        109,760         4.00        137,200         5.00   

December 31, 2013

               

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

   $ 332,295         14.41   $ 184,494         8.00     N/A   

Sun National Bank

     314,107         13.65        184,070         8.00      $ 230,088         10.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

     284,781         12.34        92,247         4.00        N/A   

Sun National Bank

     284,257         12.40        92,035         4.00        138,053         6.00   

Leverage Ratio:

               

Sun Bancorp, Inc.

     284,781         8.99        126,682         4.00        N/A   

Sun National Bank

     285,257         9.02        126,479         4.00        158,099         5.00   

 

(1) Not applicable for bank holding companies.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, although the Company and the Bank exceeded the required ratios for classification as “well capitalized,” due to the fact that it was subject to the OCC Agreement, it cannot be deemed “well capitalized.”

The Bank is also subject to individual minimum capital ratios established by the OCC requiring the Bank to continue to maintain a Leverage ratio at least equal to 8.50% of adjusted total assets, to continue to maintain a Tier 1 Capital ratio at least equal to 9.50% of risk-weighted assets and to maintain a Total Capital ratio at least equal to 11.50% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014, the Bank met all of the three capital ratios established by the OCC as its Leverage ratio was 9.68%, its Tier 1 Capital ratio was 16.12%, and its Total Capital ratio was 17.37%.

On April 15, 2010, the Bank entered into the OCC Agreement which contained requirements to develop and implement a profitability and capital plan that provides for the maintenance of adequate capital to support the Bank’s risk profile. The capital plan was also required to contain a dividend policy allowing dividends only if the Bank is in compliance with the capital plan, and obtains prior approval from the OCC. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company delivered its profit and capital plans to the OCC. Updated profit and capital plans were subsequently submitted as required.

The Bank also agreed to: (a) implement a program to protect the Bank’s interest in criticized or classified assets, (b) review and revise the Bank’s loan review program; (c) implement a program for the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan losses; and (d) revise the Bank’s credit administration policies. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company revised and implemented changes to policies and procedures pursuant to the OCC Agreement and must continue to implement such changes. As noted earlier in this section, the Bank also agreed that its brokered deposits will not exceed 3.5% of its total liabilities unless approved by the OCC. Effective October 18, 2012, the OCC approved an increase of this limit to 6.0%. Management does not expect that this restriction will limit its access to liquidity as the Bank does not rely on brokered deposits as a major source of funding. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank’s brokered deposits represented 3.1% of its total liabilities.

In addition, the Company is required to seek the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (the “Federal Reserve Bank”) before paying interest, principal or other sums on trust preferred securities or any related subordinated debentures, declaring or paying cash dividends or receiving dividends from the Bank, repurchasing outstanding stock or incurring indebtedness. The Company also

 

103


was required to submit, and periodically update, a capital plan, a profit plan and cash flow projections, as well as other progress reports to the Federal Reserve Bank. In August 2014, the Company raised approximately $20 million in equity through a privately negotiated sale of its common stock to several institutions and private investors. The Company issued a total of 1,133,144 shares of common stock in this transaction at a price per share of $17.65.

The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to the Company. All national banks are limited in the payment of dividends without the approval of the OCC of a total amount not to exceed the net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years. Federal law also prohibits national banks from paying dividends that would be greater than the bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the bank’s allowance for loan losses. Due to our net loss position over the last two years, any proposed dividends from the Bank to the Company will be subject to regulatory approval until such time as net income for the current year combined with the prior two years is sufficient. Under FDICIA, an insured depository institution such as the Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the FDICIA). Payment of dividends by the Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the OCC if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Further, pursuant to the terms of the OCC Agreement, the Bank may not pay dividends if it is not in compliance with its approved capital plan or if the effect of the dividend would be to cause the Bank to not be in compliance and, in either event, not without prior OCC approval. The Bank did not seek OCC approval to pay a dividend in 2014.

In November 2009, instead of imposing additional special assessments, the FDIC amended the assessment regulations to require all insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012 on December 30, 2009. For purposes of estimating the future assessments, each institution’s base assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 was used, assuming a five percent annual growth rate in the assessment base and a three basis point increase in the assessment rate in 2011 and 2010. The prepaid assessment will be applied against actual quarterly assessments until exhausted. Any funds remaining after June 30, 2013 would be returned to the institution. If the prepayment would impair an institution’s liquidity or otherwise create significant hardship, it was able to apply for an exemption. Requiring this prepaid assessment did not preclude the FDIC from changing assessment rates or from further revising the risk-based assessment system. On December 31, 2009, the Company paid the FDIC prepaid assessment of $18.3 million. The remaining prepaid assessment of $1.6 million was refunded during the second quarter of 2013. FDIC assessment expense of $3.8 million was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company’s capital securities are deconsolidated in accordance with GAAP and qualify as Tier 1 capital under federal regulatory guidelines. These instruments are subject to a 25% capital limitation under risk-based capital guidelines developed by the FRB. In March 2005, the FRB amended its risk-based capital standards to expressly allow the continued limited inclusion of outstanding and prospective issuances of capital securities in a bank holding company’s Tier 1 capital, subject to tightened quantitative limits. The FRB’s amended rule was to become effective March 31, 2009, and would have limited capital securities and other restricted core capital elements to 25% of all core capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. On March 16, 2009, the FRB extended for two years the ability for bank holding companies to include restricted core capital elements as Tier 1 capital up to 25% of all core capital elements, including goodwill. The portion that exceeds the 25% capital limitation qualifies as Tier 2, or supplementary capital of the Company. At December 31, 2014, $69.1 million in capital securities qualified as Tier 1 capital.

On December 10, 2013, the Federal Reserve Bank, the OCC, the FDIC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the SEC issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule contained in Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act. While the Dodd-Frank Act provided that banks and bank holding companies were required to conform their activities and investments by July 21, 2014, in connection with issuing the final Volcker Rule, the FRB extended the conformance period until July 21, 2015. The FRB is permitted, by rule or order, to extend the conformance period for one year at a time, for a total of not more than three years. On December 18, 2014, the FRB issued an order that further extends until July 21, 2016 the conformance period under the Volcker Rule. The FRB stated in the order that it intends to exercise its authority against next year and grant the final one-year extension in order to permit banks and bank holding companies until July 21, 2017 to conform to the requirements of the Volcker Rule.

The final Volcker Rule regulations do provide certain exemptions allowing banking entities to continue underwriting, market-making and hedging activities and trading certain government obligations, as well as various exemptions and exclusions from the definition of “covered funds.” The level of required compliance activity depends on the size of the banking entity and the extent of its trading.

On January 14, 2014, the five federal agencies approved an interim final rule to permit banking entities to retain interests in certain collateralized debt obligations backed primarily by trust preferred securities from the investment prohibitions of the Volcker Rule. Under the interim final rule, the agencies permit the retention of an interest in or sponsorship of covered funds by banking entities if certain qualifications are met. In addition, the agencies released a non-exclusive list of issuers that meet the requirements of the interim final rule. At December 31, 2014, the Company had an investment in one pool of trust preferred securities with an amortized cost of $8.8 million and estimated fair value of $6.2 million. This pool was included in the list of non-exclusive issuers that meet requirements of the interim final rule release by the agencies and therefore was not required to be sold by the Company.

 

104


At December 31, 2014, the Company had 12 collateralized loan obligation securities with an amortized cost of $69.9 million and an estimated fair value of $68.6 million. These securities are subject to the provisions of the Volcker Rule. As a result, the Company will likely be required to divest these investments unless their terms can be modified such that the investments are no longer covered by the Volcker Rule. While there is proposed legislation in Congress regarding a delay to the divestiture requirement for collateralized loan obligations, the outcome of the legislation is unclear at this time. The Company cannot give assurances that the legislation will or will not be enacted. However, based on the Company’s communication with its investment advisors, in the event that the proposed legislation is not enacted, the Company believes these investments can be modified to avoid a required divestiture under the Volcker Rule.

22. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company accounts for fair value measurements in accordance with FASB ASC 820. FASB ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC 820 does not require any new fair value measurements. The definition of fair value retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. FASB ASC 820 clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability. The definition focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). FASB ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement and also clarifies the application of fair value measurement in a market that is not active.

FASB ASC 820 describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3    Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

FASB ASC 820 requires the Company to disclose the fair value of financial assets on both a recurring and non-recurring basis. Those assets and liabilities which will continue to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

SUMMARY OF RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

            Category Used for Fair Value Measurement  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

December 31, 2014

           

Assets:

           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 2,502       $ 2,502       $ —         $ —     

U.S. Government agency securities

     4,786         —           4,786         —     

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

     265,156         —           265,156         —     

Other mortgage-backed securities

     265         —           265         —     

State and municipal securities

     30,921         —           30,921         —     

Trust preferred securities

     9,410         —           —           9,410   

Collateralized loan obligations

     68,603         —           68,603         —     

Other securities

     12,855         12,855         —           —     

Hedged commercial loans

     9,726         —           9,726         —     

Interest rate swaps

     12,294         —           12,294         —     

Interest rate floor

     —           —           —           —     

Liabilities:

           

Fair value interest rate swaps

     765         —           765         —     

Interest rate swaps

     12,419         —           12,419         —     

Interest rate floor

     —           —           —           —     

December 31, 2013

           

Assets:

           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 2,500       $ 2,500       $ —         $ —     

U.S. Government agency securities

     4.407         —           4.407         —     

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities

     318,064         —           318,064         —     

Other mortgage-backed securities

     293         —           293         —     

State and municipal securities

     30,453         —           30,453         —     

Trust preferred securities

     7,967         —           —           7,967   

Collateralized loan obligations

     73,229         —           73,229         —     

Other securities

     3,184         3,184         —           —     

Hedged commercial loans

     22,435         —           22,435         —     

Residential loans held-for-sale

     20,662         —           20,662         —     

Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgages

     119         —           —           119   

Interest rate swaps

     23,299         —           23,299         —     

Interest rate floor

     132         —           132         —     

Liabilities:

           

Fair value interest rate swaps

     1,635         —           1,635         —     

Interest rate swaps

     23,526         —           23,526         —     

Interest rate floor

     132         —           132         —     

 

105


Level 1 Valuation Techniques and Inputs

U.S. Treasury securities. The Company reports U.S. Treasury securities at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs. These securities are priced using observable quotations for the indicated security.

Other securities. The other securities category is comprised of money market mutual funds. Given the short maturity structure and the expectation that the investment can be redeemed at par value, the fair value of these investments is assumed to be the book value.

Level 2 Valuation Techniques and Inputs

The majority of the Company’s investment securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. Prices of these securities are obtained through independent, third-party pricing services. Prices obtained through these sources include market derived quotations and matrix pricing and may include both observable and unobservable inputs. Fair market values take into consideration data such as dealer quotes, new issue pricing, trade prices for similar issues, prepayment estimates, cash flows, market credit spreads and other factors. The Company reviews the output from the third-party providers for reasonableness by the pricing consistency among securities with similar characteristics, where available, and comparing values with other pricing sources available to the Company.

In general, the Level 2 valuation process uses the following significant inputs in determining the fair value of the Company’s different classes of investments:

U.S. Government agency securities. These securities are evaluated based on either a nominal spread basis for non-callable securities or on an option adjusted spread (“OAS”) basis for callable securities. The nominal spread and OAS levels are derived from observations of identical or comparable securities actively trading in the markets.

U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities. The Company’s agency mortgage-backed securities generally fall into one of two categories, fixed-rate agency mortgage-backed pools or adjustable-rate agency mortgage-backed pools.

Fixed-rate agency mortgage-backed pools are evaluated based on spreads to actively traded To-Be-Announced (“TBA”) and seasoned securities, the pricing of which is provided by inter-dealer brokers, broker dealers and other contributing firms active in trading the security class. Further delineation is made by weighted average coupon (“WAC”) and weighted average maturity (“WAM”) with spreads on individual securities relative to actively traded securities as determined and quality controlled using OAS valuations.

Adjustable-rate agency mortgage-backed pools are valued on a bond equivalent effective margin (“BEEM”) basis obtained from broker dealers and other contributing firms active in the market. BEEM levels are established for key sectors using characteristics such as month-to-roll, index, periodic and life caps and index margins and convertibility. Individual securities are then evaluated based on how their characteristics map to the sectors established.

Other mortgage-backed securities. The Company’s other mortgage-backed securities consist of whole loan, non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs,” individually, each a “CMO”). These securities are evaluated based on generic tranche and generic prepayment speed estimates of various types of collateral from contributing firms and broker/dealers in the whole loan CMO market.

 

106


State and municipal securities. These securities are evaluated using information on identical or similar securities provided by market makers, broker/dealers and buy-side firms, new issue sales and bid-wanted lists. The individual securities are then priced based on mapping the characteristics of the security such as obligation type (general obligation, revenue, etc.), maturity, state discount and premiums, call features, taxability and other considerations.

Collateralized loan obligations. The fair value measurements for collateralized loan obligations are obtained through quotes obtained from broker/dealers based on similar actively traded securities. Those valuations would be classified as Level 2.

Hedged commercial loans. The hedged commercial loans are one component of a declared hedging relationship as defined under FASB ASC 815. The interest rate swap component of the declared hedging relationships is carried at its fair value and the carrying value of the commercial loans included a similar change in fair values. The fair value of these loans is estimated through discounted cash flow analysis which utilizes available credit and interest rate market data on performance of similar loans. This is considered a Level 2 input.

Residential mortgage loans held-for-sale. The Company’s residential mortgage loans held-for-sale are recorded at fair value utilizing Level 2 measurements. This fair value measurement is determined based upon third party quotes obtained on similar loans. The Company believes the fair value measurement of such loans reduced certain timing differences between related revenue and expense recognition in the Company’s financial statements and better aligned with the management of the portfolio from a business perspective. The fair value option allowed the Company to record the mortgage loans held-for-sale portfolio at fair market value as opposed to the lower of cost or market. The Company economically hedged its residential loans held for sale portfolio with forward sale agreements which are reported at fair value. A lower of cost or market accounting treatment did not allow the Company to record the excess of the fair market value over book value but required the Company to record the corresponding reduction in value on the hedges. Both the loans and related hedges were carried at fair value which reduced earnings volatility as the amounts more closely offset. For loans held-for-sale for which the fair value option was elected, the aggregate fair value exceeded the aggregate principal balance by $312 thousand as of December 31, 2013. Interest income on these loans was recognized in interest and fees on loans in the consolidated statements of operations. There were no residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2014. There were no residential mortgage loans held for sale that were nonaccrual or 90 or more days past due as of December 31, 2013.

Interest rate swaps. The Company’s interest rate swaps, including fair value interest rate swaps and small exposures in interest rate caps and floors, are reported at fair value utilizing models provided by an independent, third-party and observable market data. When entering into an interest rate swap agreement, the Company is exposed to fair value changes due to interest rate movements, and also the potential nonperformance of its contract counterparty. Interest rate swaps are evaluated based on a zero coupon LIBOR curve created from readily observable data on LIBOR, interest rate futures and the interest rate swap markets. The zero coupon curve is used to discount the projected cash flows on each individual interest rate swap. In addition, the Company has developed a methodology to value the nonperformance risk based on internal credit risk metrics and the unique characteristics of derivative instruments, which include notional exposure rather than principal at risk and interest payment netting. The results of this methodology are used to adjust the base fair value of the instrument for the potential counterparty credit risk. Interest rate caps and floors are evaluated using industry standard options pricing models and observed market data on LIBOR and Eurodollar option and cap/floor volatilities.

Level 3 Valuation Techniques and Inputs

Trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities are evaluated based on whether the security is an obligation of a single issuer or part of a securitization pool. For single issuer obligations, the Company uses discounted cash flow models which incorporate the contractual cash flow for each issue adjusted as necessary for any potential changes in amount or timing of cash flows. The cash flow model of a pooled issue incorporates anticipated loss rates and severities of the underlying collateral as well as credit support provided within the securitization. At least quarterly, the Company’s Treasury personnel review the modeling assumptions which include default assumptions, discount and forward rates. Changes in these assumptions could potentially have a significant impact on the fair value of the trust preferred securities.

The cash flow model for the pooled issue owned by the Company at December 31, 2014 assumes no recovery on defaulted collateral, no recovery on securities in deferral and an additional 3.6% future default rate assumption on the remaining performing collateral every three years with no recovery rate.

For trust preferred securities, projected cash flows are discounted at a rate based on a trading group of similar securities quoted on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or over-the-counter markets which is reviewed for market data points such as credit rating, maturity, price and liquidity. The Company indexes the market securities to a comparable maturity interest rate swap to determine the market spread, which is then used as the discount rate in the cash flow models. As of the reporting date, the market spreads were 4.0% for the pooled security and 5.0% for the single issuer. An increase or decrease of 3% in the discount rate on the pooled issue would result in a decrease of $1.7 million or an increase of $2.7 million in the security fair value, respectively. An increase or decrease of 3% in the discount rate on the single issuer would result in a decrease of $951 thousand or an increase of $1.6 million in the security fair value, respectively.

 

107


The following provides details of the Level 3 fair value measurement activity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS USING SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS – LEVEL 3

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 7.967       $ 5,882   

Total gains (losses), realized/unrealized:

     

Included in earnings

     —           —     

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,054         2,085   

Purchases

     —           10,500   

Maturities

     —           —     

Prepayments

     (611      —     

Calls

     —           —     

Transfers out of Level 3

     —           (10,500
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

$ 9,410    $ 7,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no transfers between the three levels for the year ended December 31, 2014. There was a transfer between Level 3 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2013 for a change in valuation method of collateralized loan obligation investment securities. The valuation method used as of March 31, 2013 was a third party pricing service that utilized model-based valuations, whereby the inputs could change based on changes in market indices, selling prices of similar securities, management’s assumptions related to the credit rating of the security, prepayment assumptions and other factors, such as credit loss assumptions and management’s assertion of the current market conditions. The transfer occurred on April 1, 2013 and the fair value valuation method was changed as of that same date to utilize market-based broker quotes, which is deemed a Level 2 input. The Company evaluates its hierarchy on a quarterly basis to ensure proper classification.

Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgages. The determination of the fair value of interest rate lock commitments is based on agreed upon pricing with the respective investor on each loan and includes a pull through percentage. The pull through percentage represents an estimate of loans in the pipeline to be delivered to an investor versus the total loans committed for delivery. Significant changes in this input could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. As the pull through percentage is a significant unobservable input, this is deemed a Level 3 valuation input. The pull through percentage, which is based upon historical experience, was 75% as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company had no interest rate lock commitments at December 31, 2014. An increase or decrease of 20% in the pull through assumption would result in a positive or negative change of $7 thousand in the fair value of interest rate lock commitments at December 31, 2013. The fair value of interest rate lock commitments was $0 and $119 thousand at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS USING SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS – LEVEL 3

INTEREST RATE LOCK COMMITMENTS ON RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 119       $ 847   

Total losses, realized/unrealized:

     

Included in earnings(1)

     (119      (728

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     —           —     

Transfers into Level 3

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

$ —        119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  Amount included in mortgage banking revenue, net on the consolidated statements of operations.

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis, but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The Company measures impaired loans, SBA servicing assets, restricted equity investments and loans or bank properties transferred into other real estate owned at fair value on a non-recurring basis. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, these assets were valued in accordance with GAAP, and except for impaired loans, real estate owned and SBA servicing assets included in the following table, did not require fair value disclosure under the provisions of FASB ASC 820. The related changes in fair value for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

108


SUMMARY OF NON-RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

            Category Used for Fair Value
Measurement
     Total (Losses)
Gains Or Changes
in Net Assets
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     

December 31, 2014

              

Assets:

              

Impaired loans

   $ 1,826       $ —         $ —         $ 1,826       $ (1,452

Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market

     4,083         —           4,083         —           (4,852

Real estate owned

     144         —           —           144         (835

December 31, 2013

              

Assets:

              

Impaired loans

   $ 10,353       $ —         $ —         $ 10,353       $ (17,131

Real estate owned

     726         —           —           726         (75

SBA servicing asset

     364               364         (25

Under FASB ASC 310, the fair value of collateral dependent impaired loans is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, typically real estate, which is based on valuations. It is the policy of the Company to obtain a current appraisal or evaluation when a loan has been identified as non-performing. The type of appraisal obtained will be commensurate with the size and complexity of the loan. The resulting value will be adjusted for the potential cost of liquidation and decline of values in the market. New appraisals are obtained on an annual basis until the loan is repaid in full, liquidated or returns to performing status.

While the loan policy dictates that a loan be assigned to the special assets department when it is placed on non-accrual status, there is a need for loan officers to consistently and accurately determine collateral values when a loan is initially designated as criticized or classified. The most effective means of determining the fair value of real estate collateral at a point in time is by obtaining a current appraisal or evaluation of the property. In anticipation of the receipt of a current appraisal or evaluation, the Company has provided for an alternative and interim means of determining the fair value of the real estate collateral.

The most recent appraised or reported value of the collateral securing a loan, net of a discount for the estimated cost of liquidation, is the Company’s basis for determining fair value.

The following table summarizes the Company’s appraisal approach based upon loan category.

 

Loan Category Used for Impairment Review

  

Method of Determining the Value

Loans less than $1 million    Evaluation or restricted use appraisal
Loans $1 million or greater   

Existing appraisal 18 months or less

   Restricted use appraisal

Existing appraisal greater than 18 months

   Summary form appraisal
Commercial loans secured primarily by residential real estate   

Loans less than $1 million

   Automated valuation model

Loans $1 million or greater

   Summary form appraisal
Non-commercial loans secured primarily by residential real estate   

Loans less than $250,000

   Automated valuation model or Summary form appraisal

Loans $250,000 or greater

   Summary form appraisal

An evaluation report, as defined by the OCC, is a written report prepared by an appraiser that describes the real estate collateral, its condition, current and projected uses and sources of information used in the analysis, and provides an estimate of value in situations when an appraisal is not required.

A restricted use appraisal report is defined as a written report prepared under the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (“USPAP”). A restricted use appraisal is for the Company’s use only and contains a brief statement of information significant to the determination of the value of the collateral under review. This report can be used for ongoing collateral monitoring.

A summary form appraisal report is defined as a written report prepared under the USPAP which contains a detailed summary of all information significant to the determination of the collateral valuation. This report is more detailed than a restricted use report and provides sufficient information to enable the user to understand the rationale for the opinions and conclusions in the report.

 

109


An automated valuation model is an internal computer program that estimates a property’s market value based on market, economic, and demographic factors.

On a quarterly basis, or more frequently as necessary, the Company will review the circumstances of each collateral dependent loan and real estate owned property. A collateral dependent loan is defined as one that relies solely on the operation or the sale of the collateral for repayment. Adjustments to any specific reserve relating to a collateral shortfall, as compared to the outstanding loan balance, will be made if justified by appraisals, market conditions or current events concerning the credit.

All appraisals received which are utilized to determine valuations for criticized and classified loans or properties placed in real estate owned are provided under an “as is value”. Partially charged off loans are measured for impairment upon receipt of an updated appraisal based on the relationship between the remaining balance of the charged down loan and the discounted appraised value. Such loans will remain on non-accrual status unless performance by the borrower warrants a return to accrual status. Recognition of non-accrual status occurs at the time a loan can no longer support principal and interest payments in accordance with the original terms and conditions of the loan documents. When impairment is determined, a specific reserve reflecting any calculated shortfall between the value of the collateral and the outstanding balance of the loan is recorded. Subsequent adjustments, prior to receipt of a new appraisal, to any related specific reserve will be made if justified by market conditions or current events concerning the loan. If an internal discount-based evaluation is being used, the discount percentage may be adjusted to reflect market changes, changes to the collateral value of similar credits or circumstances of the individual loan itself. The amount of charge off is determined by calculating the difference between the current loan balance and the current collateral valuation, plus estimated cost to liquidate.

Impaired loan fair value measurements are based upon unobservable inputs, and therefore, are categorized as a Level 3 measurement. No impaired loans had specific reserves calculated at December 31, 2014. Specific reserves were calculated for impaired loans with an aggregate carrying amount of $2.6 million at December 31, 2013. The collateral underlying these loans had a fair value of $4.8 million, including a specific reserve in the allowance for loan losses of $933 thousand at December 31, 2013. There were charge-offs recorded on impaired loans of $3.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, all of which related to loans which were fully charged off. No specific reserve was calculated for impaired loans with an aggregate carrying amount of $1.8 million and $8.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, as the underlying collateral was not below the carrying amount; however, these loans did include charge-offs of $921 thousand, of which $531 thousand related to loans which were fully charged off at December 31, 2014, and $14.1 million, of which $11.6 million related to loans which were fully charged off at December 31, 2013.

Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market with an aggregate carrying amount of $4.1 million at December 31, 2014, included market adjustments of $778 thousand and charge-offs of $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 to reduce the balance of the loans to fair value. The fair value of these loans was determined through the use of broker quotes based on market data; therefore, this is a level 2 input.

Once a loan is determined to be uncollectible, the underlying collateral is repossessed and reclassified as other real estate owned. The balance of other real estate owned also includes bank properties transferred from operations. These assets are carried at lower of cost or fair value of the collateral, less cost to sell. In some cases, adjustments are made to the appraised values for various factors including age of the appraisal, age of comparable properties included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and the collateral. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded a decrease in fair value of $768 thousand on one commercial property and $67 thousand on one residential property. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a decrease in fair value of $4 thousand on one commercial property, and $71 thousand on two residential properties. The adjustments to the bank, commercial, and residential properties were based upon unobservable inputs, and therefore categorized as Level 3 measurements. Total real estate owned measured at fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $144 thousand and $726 thousand, respectively.

The SBA servicing assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing. Because loans are sold individually and not pooled, the Company does not stratify groups of loans based on risk characteristics for purposes of measuring impairment. The Company measures the SBA servicing assets by estimating the present value of expected future cash flows for each servicing asset, based on their unique characteristics and market-based prepayment assumptions. This is a Level 3 input. A valuation allowance is recorded for the amount by which the carrying amount of the servicing asset exceeds the calculated fair value. The Company had a valuation allowance of $177 thousand on its SBA servicing assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

In accordance with ASC 825-10-50-10, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, the Company is required to disclose the fair value of its financial instruments. The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a distressed sale. Fair value is best determined using observable market prices; however, for many of the Company’s financial instruments, no quoted market prices are readily available. In instances where quoted market prices are not readily available, fair value is determined using cash flow models or other techniques appropriate for the particular instrument. These techniques involve some degree of judgment and, as a result, are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company would realize in a current market exchange. Utilizing different assumptions or estimation techniques may have a material effect on the estimated fair value.

 

110


CARRYING AMOUNTS AND ESTIMATED FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Assets:

           

Cash and due from banks

   $ 43,491       $ 43,491       $ 38,075       $ 38,075   

Interest-earning bank balances

     505,885         505,885         229,687         229,687   

Restricted cash

     13,000         13,000         26,000         26,000   

Investment securities available for sale

     394,500         394,500         440,097         440,097   

Investment securities held to maturity

     489         501         681         692   

Loans receivable, net

     1,477,172         1,412,372         2,079,732         1,964,856   

Loans held-for-sale, at fair value

     —           —           20,662         20,662   

Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market

     4,083         4,083         —           —     

Hedged commercial loans (1)

     9,726         9,726         22,435         22,435   

Brach assets held-for-sale

     69,064         69,064         —           —     

Restricted equity investments

     14,961         14,961         17,019         17,019   

Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgages

     —           —           119         119   

Interest rate swaps

     12,294         12,294         23,299         23,299   

Interest rate floor

     —           —           132         132   

Liabilities:

           

Demand deposits

     1,409,978         1,444,488         1,740,298         1,795,685   

Savings deposits

     224,017         232,572         266,573         272,264   

Time deposits

     457,909         458,233         614,700         615,735   

Deposits held-for-sale

     183,395         199,469         —           —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase – customers

     1,156         1,156         478         478   

Advances from FHLBNY

     60,787         60,935         60,956         61,072   

Junior subordinated debentures

     92,786         67,837         92,786         63,747   

Fair value interest rate swaps

     765         765         1,632         1,632   

Interest rate swaps

     12,419         12,419         23,526         23,526   

Interest rate floor

     —           —           132         132   

 

(1) Includes positive market value adjustment of $765 thousand and $1.6 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which is equal to the change in value of related interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of these hedged loans in accordance with FASB ASC 815.

Cash and cash equivalents. For cash and cash equivalents, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. This is a Level 1 fair value input.

Restricted cash. For restricted cash, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. This is a Level 1 fair value input.

Investment securities. For investment securities, fair values are based on a combination of quoted prices for identical assets in active markets, quoted prices for similar assets in markets that are either actively or not actively traded and pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques that may contain unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and require significant judgment. The fair value of available-for-sale securities is measured utilizing Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 inputs. The fair value of held-to-maturity securities is measured utilizing Level 2 inputs.

Loans receivable, net. The fair value of loans receivable is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis. Projected future cash flows are calculated using loan characteristics, and assumptions of voluntary and involuntary prepayment speeds. For performing loans Level 2 inputs are utilized as the cash flow analysis is performed using available market data on the performance of similar loans. Projected cash flows are prepared using discount rates believed to represent current market rates. For non-performing loans, the cash flow assumptions are considered Level 3 inputs as market data is not readily available.

Loans held-for-sale, at fair value. Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2013 includes residential mortgage loans that are originated with the intent to sell. These loans are recorded at fair value under ASC 825. The fair value of loans held-for-sale is valued using the quoted market price of such loans, which is a Level 2 input.

 

111


Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market. Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market includes primarily consumer loans identified for sale out of the portfolio. These loans are recorded at lower of cost or market. The fair value of these loans is determined through the use of broker quotes based on market data; therefore, this is a Level 2 input.

Hedged commercial loans. The hedged commercial loans are one component of a declared hedging relationship as defined under FASB ASC 815. The interest rate swap component of the declared hedging relationship is carried at their fair value and the carrying value of the commercial loans includes a similar change in fair values. The fair value of these loans is measured utilizing Level 2 inputs.

Branch assets held-for-sale. This category includes loans receivable and cash balances, identified at certain branches for sale. As these assets are under agreement of sale at net book value, the carrying value is deemed to equal fair value. This is a Level 2 fair value input.

Restricted equity securities. Ownership in equity securities of FRB, FHLBNY, and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank is restricted and there is no established market for their resale. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. As these securities are readily marketable, the fair value is based on Level 2 inputs.

Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgages. The fair value of interest rate lock commitments is estimated using pricing from existing purchase commitments on each loan in the pipeline. This value is adjusted for a pull through estimate which is determined based on historical experience with loan deliveries from the residential mortgage pipeline. As this estimate is unobservable and can result in significant fluctuation in the fair value determination, this is considered a Level 3 input under the fair value hierarchy.

Interest rate swaps/floors and fair value interest rate swaps. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are not exchange-traded and therefore are valued utilizing models with the primary input being readily observable market parameters, specifically the LIBOR swap curve. In addition, the Company incorporates a qualitative fair value adjustment related to credit quality variations between counterparties as required by FASB ASC 820. This is a Level 2 input.

Demand deposits, savings deposits and time deposits. The fair value of demand deposits and savings deposits is determined by projecting future cash flows using an estimated economic life based on account characteristics, a Level 2 input. The resulting cash flow is discounted using rates available on alternative funding sources. The fair value of time deposits is estimated using the rate and maturity characteristics of the deposits to estimate their cash flow. This cash flow is discounted at rates for similar term wholesale funding.

Deposits held-for-sale. The fair value is determined by applying the agreed upon deposit premium per a branch sale agreement. This is a level 2 input.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase - customer. The fair value is estimated to be the amount payable at the reporting date. This is considered a Level 2 input.

Junior subordinated debentures. The fair value was estimated by discounting approximate cash flows of the borrowings by yields estimating the fair value of similar issues. The valuation model considers current market spreads known and anticipated credit issues of the underlying collateral, term and reinvestment period and market transactions of similar issues, if available. This is a Level 3 input under the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amount presented herein.

23. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Certain officers, directors and their associates (related parties) have loans and conduct other transactions with the Company. Such transactions are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for other non-related party transactions. Related party activity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is summarized as follows:

SUMMARY OF LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES

 

At or for the Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 50,417       $ 57,821   

Additions

     1,049         1,845   

Other reductions(1)

     (123      (574

Repayments

     (13,276      (8,675
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

$ 38,066    $ 50,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  Represents balances at the beginning of the period for related parties who left the Company during the course of the year.

 

112


Interest income earned on related party loans was $1.6 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Certain office space of the Company is leased from companies affiliated with former Directors who remain affiliates of the Company under separate agreements with the Company. Terms of these five agreements at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

SUMMARY OF LEASES WITH AFFILIATES

 

December 31, 2014

   Annual
Rental
Payment
     Renewal Option
Remaining
   Annual
Rental
Increases

Expiration date:

        

January 2017

   $ 167       2 five-year terms    Fixed

October 2017(1)

     1,354       2 five-year terms    CPI

August 2025(2)

     527       4 five-year terms    Fixed

January 2027

     174       4 five-year terms    Fixed

June 2029(3)

     269       4 five-year terms    CPI

 

(1) This lease was amended in January 2015 retroactive to November 2014 and previously had an expiration in October 2027.
(2) This lease is recorded as a $4.4 million obligation under capital lease at December 31, 2014.
(3) This lease is recorded as a $2.7 million obligation under capital lease at December 31, 2014.

At the time of each of the related party transactions described above, the Company determined that each transaction was on terms as fair to the Company as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

24. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

The condensed financial statements of Sun Bancorp, Inc. are as follows:

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

December 31,

   2014      2013  

Assets:

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 29,775       $ 17,437   

Investments in subsidiaries:

     

Bank subsidiaries

     303,795         316,714   

Non-bank subsidiaries

     2,786         2,786   

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     3,681         3,311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 340,037    $ 340,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

Liabilities

Junior subordinated debentures

$ 92,786    $ 92,786   

Other liabilities

  1,928      2,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  94,714      94,912   

Shareholders’ equity

  245,323      245,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 340,037    $ 340,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  

Interest expense

   $ (2,150    $ (2,188    $ (2,594

Management fee

     4,130         4,573         3,438   

Other expenses

     (4,037      (4,311      (3,791
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries and income tax benefit

  (2,057   (1,926   (2,947

Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries

  (28,480   (8,681   (48,560

Income tax benefit

  729      664      1,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

$ (29,808 $ (9,943 $ (50,491
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

113


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2014      2013      2012  

Operating activities:

        

Net loss

   $ (29,808    $ (9,943    $ (50,491

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Undistributed loss of subsidiaries

     28,480         8,681         48,560   

Stock-based compensation

     226         167         (75 )

Change in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash:

        

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (730      (621      (1,024

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     (487      (389      (234 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

  (2,319   (2,105   (3,264 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investing activities:

Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries

  (7,500   —        (28,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (7,500   —        (28,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

  22,157      1,580      1,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  22,157      1,580      1,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

  12,338      (525   (29,652

Cash, beginning of year

  17,437      17,962      47,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

$ 29,775    $ 17,437    $ 17,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

* * * * * *

 

114


SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following table presents summarized quarterly data for 2014 and 2013 (amounts are in thousands, except per share amounts).

QUARTERLY DATA(1)

 

Three Months Ended

   December 31,      September 30,      June 30,      March 31,  

2014

           

Interest income

   $ 19,840       $ 21,955       $ 23,777       $ 24,640   

Interest expense

     2,814         3,034         3,165         3,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

  17,026      18,921      20,612      21,392   

Provision for loan losses

  —        —        14,803      —     

Non-interest income

  4,142      4,695      3,977      4,949   

Non-interest expense

  23,705      24,132      33,677      27,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

  (2,537   (516   (23,891   (1,547

Income tax expense

  292      309      357      359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

$ (2,829   (825   (24,248   (1,906
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss per common share - basic

$ (0.15 $ (0.05 $ (1.39 $ (0.11

Loss per common share - diluted

$ (0.15 $ (0.05 $ (1.39 $ (0.11

2013

Interest income

$ 25,500    $ 26,788    $ 25,713    $ 27,083   

Interest expense

  3,565      3,808      3,937      4,005   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

  21,935      22,980      21,776      23,078   

Provision for loan losses

  2,135      724      (1,883   171   

Non-interest income

  4,742      5,799      10,258      10,882   

Non-interest expense

  32,457      32,917      33,239      31,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

  (7,915   (4,862   678      2,453   

Income tax expense

  297      —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders

$ (8,212   (4,862   678      2,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income per common share - basic

$ (0.09 $ (0.06 $ 0.01    $ 0.03   

(Loss) income per common share - diluted

$ (0.09 $ (0.06 $ 0.01    $ 0.03   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior period share data was retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014

Basic and diluted loss per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Consequently, the sum of the quarters may not equal the annual loss per share.

COMMON STOCK PRICE RANGE AND DIVIDENDS (UNAUDITED)

Shares of the Company’s common stock are quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SNBC”. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices (adjusted for stock dividends) for the common stock for the calendar quarters indicated, as published by the NASDAQ Stock Market.

COMMON STOCK PRICE RANGE(1)

 

     High      Low  

2014

     

Fourth Quarter

   $ 20.50       $ 17.18   

Third Quarter

   $ 22.00       $ 18.09   

Second Quarter

   $ 20.80       $ 16.45   

First Quarter

   $ 18.00       $ 15.80   

2013

     

Fourth Quarter

   $ 19.65       $ 15.35   

Third Quarter

   $ 20.00       $ 15.25   

Second Quarter

   $ 17.35       $ 14.50   

First Quarter

   $ 18.80       $ 15.35   

 

(1) Prior period share data was retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014

 

115


There were 515 holders of record of the Company’s common stock as of March 9, 2015. This number does not reflect the number of persons or entities who held stock in nominee or “street” name through various brokerage firms. At March 9, 2015, there were 18,618,630 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding.

To date, the Company has not paid cash dividends on its common stock. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors would depend upon a number of factors, including the Company’s and the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, investment opportunities available to the Company or the Bank, approval of the FRB, capital requirements, regulatory limitations, tax considerations, the amount of net proceeds retained by the Company and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or, if payment is made, will continue to be paid.

The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company is governed by certain regulatory restrictions. Generally, dividends declared in a given year by a national bank are limited to its net profit, as defined by regulatory agencies, for that year, combined with its retained net income for the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or to fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. In addition, a national bank may not pay any dividends in an amount greater than its undivided profits and a national bank may not declare any dividends if such declaration would leave the bank inadequately capitalized. Therefore, the ability of the Bank to declare dividends will depend on its future net income and capital requirements. Also, banking regulators have indicated that national banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. Following this guidance, the Bank was not able to pay a dividend to the Company at December 31, 2014. Moreover, per the OCC Agreement, and the FRB requirements, a dividend may only be declared if it is in accordance with the approved capital plan, the Bank remains in compliance with the capital plan following the payment of the dividend and the dividend is approved by the OCC and the Federal Reserve Bank.

STOCK PERFORMANCE (UNAUDITED) {UPDATE}

The following table provides a stock performance graph comparing cumulative total shareholders return on the Common Stock with (a) the cumulative total shareholder return on stocks of all U.S. companies that trade on the NASDAQ Stock Market and (b) the cumulative total shareholder return on stocks included in the NASDAQ Bank index, as prepared for the NASDAQ by the Center for Research in Security Prices (“CRSP”) at the University of Chicago. All investment comparisons assume the investment of $100 at December 31, 2009. The cumulative returns for the NASDAQ Stock Market and the NASDAQ Bank index are computed assuming the reinvestment of dividends.

 

116


 

LOGO

CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

 

December 31,

   2009      2010      2011      2012      2013      2014  

Sun Bancorp, Inc.(1)

   $ 100.0       $ 123.73       $ 64.53       $ 94.40       $ 93.87       $ 103.47   

CRSP NASDAQ U.S. Companies

     100.0         118.15         117.22         138.02         193.47         222.16   

CRSP NASDAQ U.S. Companies

     100.0         114.16         102.17         121.26         171.86         180.31   

 

(1)  The cumulative return for Sun Bancorp, Inc. reflects a 5% stock dividend paid in May 2009 and has been calculated based on the historical closing prices of $18.75, $23.20, $12.10, $17.70, $17.60 and $19.40 on December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Prior period stock prices have been retroactively adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-5 reverse stock split completed on August 11, 2014.

There can be no assurance that the Company’s future stock performance will be the same or similar to the historical stock performance shown in the table. The Company neither makes nor endorses any predictions as to the stock performance.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (excluding exhibits) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 is available without charge upon written request to Sun Bancorp, Inc. Shareholder Relations, 350 Fellowship Road, Suite 101, Mount Laurel, NJ 08054.

 

117